THE COMMONWEALTH AND Gouernment of VENICE.
WRITTEN BY THE Cardinall Gasper Contareno, and translated out of Italian into English, by Lewes Lewkenor Esquire.
Nel piu bel vedere cieco.
VVith sundry other Collections, annexed by the Translator for the more cleere and exact satisfaction of the Reader. With a short Chronicle in the end, of the liues and raignes of the Venetian Dukes, from the very beginninges of their Citie.
LONDON Imprinted by Iohn Windet for Edmund Mattes, and are to be sold at his shop, at the signe of the Hand and Plow in Fleetstreet. 1599.
To the right Honourable and most Vertuous Lady, the Lady Anne, Countesse of Warwicke.
I Am accused of presumption (right excellent Lady) by this noble Commonwealth which I heere present vnto you, who gloriously shining in the cleere knowledge of her owne incomparable worthinesse, doth like a beautifull virgine, that seeing her faire picture foulely handled of an vnskilfull painter, blush at the view of her wronged beauty, and reproueth me for hauing with such feeble forces so farre presumed in the description of her rich and royall history; a matter which the rarest forraine spirites of our time haue by their learned pens so highly enobled with such excellent art & ornaments: she wel knoweth the cleernes of your iudgement, and therfore feareth bearing the burthen and blemishes of so great a weakenesse to approch the rayes of a censure so vndeceiueable and absolute.
I haue no shield nor excuse to oppose against this iust imputation, but onely the defence of your Ladishippes fauours, who though by former experience knowing my vnfitnesse for such a worke, did neuerthelesse impose this taske vpon me.
Now therefore my humble request is, that howsoeuer the vntuned harshnesse of my disioynted stile shall seeme vnpleasant in your eares, yet that you will vouchsafe to be a gentle & [Page] propitious defendresse to this renowned Commonwealth, that nothing more desireth then to bee gracious in your sight, and here frankely offreth vnto your view the naked full discouerie of her faire and be utifull lineaments, not concealing any part of her rarest perfections. Onely she humbly desireth, that sithence it is her happe to bee brought into Englande, she may haue free and quiet passage vnder your honourable safe conduct and protection: for such is the generall loue and reuerence, which the great worthinesse and integritie of your vnblemished life, and your long constant continued course in the exercise of a spotlesse vertue hath vniuersally gained you, that bearing with her the faire warrant of your so many waies enobled name, she shall not need to feare any vnciuill or disgracious vsage, no not of those, whose minds are diseased with the greatest enuie.
Finally, I beseech you (good Madame) not to measure my duetie towardes you by this meanes, wherein I seeke to shew it: for this I know to bee ordinary and vulgar, and so farre from the satisfaction of mine owne mind, as that I am in a manner therewith displeased, but the other, if euer your commandement, opportunity of time and occasion, or the vttermost strain of my inuention and indeauour giue me leaue, shall discouer it selfe in a better proportion: for I will neuer forget, but still retaine engraued in the marble table of a thankefull memory (besides the dutie our family oweth vnto that noble house wherein you matched) the many fauours you haue done me in particular, and he many wayes you haue sought to doe me good, wherein though the violence of my own fortune hath stil encountred your enaeuor, yet ther remaineth vnto me no small comfort, & withal I doe somewhat the better esteeme my selfe, in that your Ladishippe, whose iudgement, wisedome, and vertue passeth [Page] with such generall allowance; hath deemed me worthy of your honourable good opinion, and thereof hath made me assured by many most essentiall testimonies. In conclusion Madam, I will neuer cease to honour you, and in the meane time humbly beseech you to accept in good part, these the fruites of my extream idlenes, the poore pledges of that duty, which I would discharge towardes you in greater matters, if I were able, and for my part I will neuer cease to pray vnto the almighty to blesse you with honour and happines, such as so great worthinesse, and vertue deserueth. Selsey this thirteenth of August. 1598.
to commaund
LEWES
LEWKENOR.
To the Reader.
THough I haue been euer readier to wonder at the effect of things extraordinarily strange; then wel prouided of iudgement to examine their causes, subiecting sundrie times mine eares to the report of rare and vnusuall accidents, with a greater bent of attention, then perchaunce to a well tempered stayednes will seem conuenient, yet mee thinketh that this humor of mine, howsoeuer faulty, is much more excusable then that contemptuous derision of Theyras, who presentlie doe condemne for false fryuolous & impossible whatsoeuer is not within the narrow lymits of their own capacitie included, therein to excuse their owne ignorance by the disgrace of a better experience, for mine own part therefore, though no mans conceipt weaker or vnapter to apprehend then mine, yet I euer held it decent to yeeld a respectiue gesture, and due reputation to him, that vpon his owne Wise and discrere speech beautifieth the hearer and delighteth the speaker.knowledge taketh vpon him to deliuer vnto the hearers matter mouing them to maruell, and such as common experience sometimes fayleth to approue, of which sort vnlesse the partialitie of my affection deceiue mee, there is not any that doth more beautifie the speaker or delight the hearer, then the description of forreine regions, the manners & customes of farre [Page] distant countries, the diuetsitie of their complections, humor, diet and attire, and such like other singularities; especially if they come from the mouth of a wise and well speaking traueller, to whose tongue I could willingly endure to haue mine eares enclined, while he distilleth into them the sweet liquors that he hath industriously extracted out of the painefull fruits of his forrein trauell; nothing is here farther from my meaning then those who hauing gotten a fonde affected phrase of speech, or some conceited toyes in their habite would be accounted great trauellers, because perchaunce they haue seene the clocke at Strasburge, or can talke of Maddona Margaritas pantables, such being seconded with no farther vertue, might much better haue spent their time at home: but I speake of the wiser sort; who returning amended in knowledge, and not corrupted in manners, nor disguised in behauiour, haue by well spending their time abroad, enabled and made themselues fit to doe their countrie seruice, when occasion requireth, such in mine opinion are to bee esteemed, if for nothing els, yet in regard that neglecting nearer waies of gaine (by which we see at home euen the meanest capacities do arise vnto wealth, and credite) they expose themselues to many daungers, content themselues with all vnease, runne through all difficulties, subiect to reprehension, and vncertaine of reward, neither caring to please their bodyes, nor to fill their purses, so they may enrich their mindes with a perpetuall directed entent to their countries good, of which sometimes they are but slenderly requited, yea and oftentimes through enuie of their sufficiencie d [...]pressed, and malitiously censured, for the most part being vsed like whetstones, who giuing edge to others, are themselues still kept bare, the cause whereof as I take it proceedeth through the miraculous fertilitie of this age, wherein wee liue, which [Page] bringeth soorth men so rarely qualified, and of such ripe pregnant conceipts, that they can gather out of their soft beds, and full dishes at home, better abilitie to iudge, bolder audacity to speake, and a quicker insight to discern and censure other mens sufficiences, then others can in many yeares trauell abroad with many carefull thoughtes, industrious penuries and paineful inconueniences belonging vnto that life attaine vnto: it was not so in Homers time, for he vnder the person of Vlisses indeuored to deseribe and patterne forth the most perfect and accomplished Gentleman of Greece, hee did not praise him for the nimblenesse of his tongue, the gainesse of his cloathes, nor the Vlisses praised by Homer for hauing seene many countries and the fashions of many men.boldnesse of his face, no nor for his superficiall smattering in many bookes, but he said, Multornm mores vidit & vrbes, making that the foundation whereupon to build the rest of his prayses, in fine how succesles soeuer their vertuous endenours fall out, there is no kind of people with whome I do willinglyer conuerse, as being fruitfull and pleasing in their discourses, so also through their acquaintance with the ciuilitie of other nations, moderate and offenceles in their behauiour, of which sorte it hath been my happinesse to be beholding to many of sundry nations for their friendly conuersation, who neuer were so willing at any time to speake, as I euer was ready to receiue their discourses with an attentiue eare, wherein I alwaies especially obserued one thing, that whether they with whom I conferred were Englishmen, French men, Spaniards, Germains, Polonians, yea or Italians borne in the bordering prouinces, as of each sort I haue beene acquainted with many, though sundrie of them had been in the farthest parts of Asia and Affrica, yet comming once to speake of the cittie of Venice, they would inforce their speech to the highest of all admiration, as being a thing of the greatest worthinesse, and most infinitely [Page] remarkable, that they had seen in the whole course of their trauels.
Some of the youthfuller sort, would extoll to the skies their humanitie towardes straungers, the delicacie of their entertainments, the beauty, pomp, & daintines of their women, & finally the infinite superflutties of all pleasure and delightes.
Other of a grauer humor would dilate of the greatnes of their Empire, the grauitie of their prince, the maiesty of their Senate, the vnuiolablenes of their lawes, their zeale in religiō, and lastly their moderation, and equitie, wherewith they gouerne such subiected prouinces as are vnder their dominion, binding them therby in a faster bonde of obedience then all the cytadels, garrisons, or whatsoeuer other tyrannicall inuentions could euer haue brought them vnto. These and such like reportes haue from time to time kindled within me so greate a desire to acquaint myselfe with the particularities of this famous Cittie, that though during the time of my trauell, (destinate to more vnhappy courses) I was not so fortunate as to bee a beholder of the glorie thereof, yet I haue not omitted from time to time to gather such obseruations as well by reading the best and choicest authors entreating there of, as also by conference with sundry wel experienced gentlemē, as might not onely satisfie the curiositie of my own desire, but also deliuer vnto other a cleare and exact knowledge of euery particularitie worthy of note, that thereunto appartaineth, which cannot as I imagine (the noblenesse of the subiect considered) but bee All other excellent gouernments comprehended within that of Venice.pleasing and agreeable to the best conceipted spirits, who may out of this one commonwelth of Venice, gather and comprehend the fruite of all whatsoeuer other gouernments throughout the world▪ that are of any same or excellency: for in the person of the Venetian prince, who sitting at the helme of this citie shineth in all exterior ornamentes of royall dignitie; [Page] (neuerthelesse both he and his authority, being wholy subiected to the lawes) they may see a straunge and vnusuall forme of a most excellent Monarchie.
Then what more perfect and liuely pattern of a well ordered Aristocraticall gouernment can there in the worlde bee expressed, then that of their Councell of Pregati or Senators, which being the onely chiefe and principall members of all supreame power; yet haue not any power, mean, or possibility at all to tyranize, or to peruert their Country lawes?
Lastly if they desire to see a most rare and matchlesse president of a Democrasie or popular estate, let them beholde their great Councell, consisting at the least of 3000. Gentlemen, whereupon the highest strength and mightinesse of the estate absolutely relyeth, notwithstanding which number all thinges are ordered with so diuine a peaceablenes, and so without all tumult and confusion, that it rather seemeth to bee an assembly of Angels, then of men.
In fine, whithersoeuer you turne your eyes, they shall not encounter any thing but obiectes of admiration; their iustice is pure and vncorrupted: their penall Lawes most vnpardonably executed: their encouragements to vertue infinite: especially by their distribution of offices & dignities, which is ordered in such so secrete, strange, and intricate a sort, that it vtterly ouerreacheth the subtiltie of all ambitious practises, neuer falling vpon any but vpon such as are by the whole assembly allowed for men of greatest wisedome, vertue and integritie of life, as by the following discourse most euidently shall appeare.
But besides these before rehearsed, there are sundry other so maruellous and miraculous considerations, and in their owne exceeding singularitie, beyond all resemblance or comparison with any other Commonwealth so vnspeakeablie sirange, that their wonderfull rarenesse being verified, maketh the straungest [Page] impossibilities not seeme altogether incredible: as for example: first touching the situation thereof, what euer hath the worlde brought forth more monstrously strange, then that so great & glorious a Citie should bee seated in the middle of the sea, especially to see such pallaces, monasteries, temples, towers, turrets, & pinacles reaching vp vnto the cloudes, founded vpon Quagmires, and planted vppon such vnfirme moorish and spungie foundations, there being neytherwood, nor stone, nor matter fit for building within tenne miles thereof, for so farre distant from it was the nearest maine land, at such time as the first foundation was laide?
Besides, what is there that can carrie a greater disproportion with common rules of experience, thē that vnweaponed men in gownes should with such happinesse of successe giue direction & law to many mightie and warlike armies both by sea and land, and that a single Citie vnwalled, and alone should command & ouer toppe mighty kingdomes, and such famous farre extended prouinces, remayning euer it selfe inuincible, and long robed citizens to bee serued, yea and sued vnto for entertainment by the greatest princes & peeres of Italy: amidst which infinit affluence of glorie, and vnmeasurable mightinesse of power, of which there are in soueraignty pertakers aboue 3000. gentlemen, yet is there not one among them to bee found that doth aspire to any greater appellation of honour, or higher tytle of dignitie then to be called a Gentleman of Venice, including in the same the height of all imaginable honour, so deare vnto this generous people is the name and loue of their noble country?
And lastly, though not least to be wondred at, they haue (as it were entertayning a league & intelligence with the heauenly powers) preserued this royall Citie of theirs this 13. hundred yeares since the first foundation thereof, in an estate so perpetually flourishing & vnblemished, that though sundry & mighty [Page] kinges and Emperours being enamored with her beauty and goodlinesse, haue with maruellous endeuour and multitude of armies sought to possesse themselues of so faire and precious a pray: yet haue they hitherto kept her like a pure and vntouched virgine, free from the taste or violence of any forraine enforcement.
The strange beginning, mighty increase and long continuing greatnesse of this happy commowea th hath serued to many present writers for the glorious subiect of their learned histories: among the rest he that hath written thereof with greatest iudgement & authoritie in my opinion, is the Cardinal Gasper Contareno, by birth a Gentleman, and by desert and worthinesse at that time a Senator of Venice: but being now aboue fourescore years since he wrote the same; since which time there haue succeeded many alterations of lawes, and changes of matters in his country, I thought it not unnecessarie to adde therevnto sundrie other particularities, gathered (as I said) partly by conference, partly by reading of other learned Authors, as Donato, Iustinian, Munster, Bodin, Ant, Stella, Sansouino, Domenico Francesco, Girolamo Bardi &c.
Contareno did first write this treatise in Latine, the same being since his time translated into Italian by a Gentleman of Italie, which translation I haue here chiefly followed, though still comparing the same with the Latine originall, in regarde of my desire to expresse the proper names of their Magistrates, lawes, and ceremonies according to their common appellations, which is much altered in the Latine stile: I will not speake of my paines herein, nor enter into any insinuating challenge of thankes, for in truth I haue neither taken the one, nor deserued the other, hauing written it at idle times when I had nothing els to doe, being at much more leysure then willingly I woulde bee.
[Page] But me thinkes I heare it vbrayded vnto me, that it is now rather a time to doe then to write: I confesse it to be so for him that is well set on worke: and yet hee that writeth well is neuer the farther off from doing well: so that for my part I holde it no disgrace to write so long as my penne vttereth no d shonestie. My education hath been in the wars: this I onely doc to beguile time; wishing that whosoeuer shall herein censure mee amisse, would be as ready as my selfe, both in minde and body, when eyther the cōmandement of my prince, or the occasion of my countrie shalinioine me to other courses: in the meanetime vtterly carelesse of mine owne praise, I yet intreate them that shal reade this discourse, to intertaine this famous Common wealth with all friendlinesse and fauour, if in no other regarde, yet in this, that therest of the whole world honoreth her with the name of a Virgin, a name though in all places most sacred & venerable, yet in no place more dearely and religiously to bee reuerenced, then with us, who haue thence deriued our blessednesse, which I beseech God may long continue among vs.
[Page 1] The First Booke of the Magistrates and Commonwealth of the Venetians.
I Hauing oftentimes obserued many strangers, men wise & learned, who arriuing newly at Venice, and beholding The admiration of strangers at their first ariuall at Venice.the beautie and magnificence thereof, were stricken with so great an admiration and amazement, that they woulde, and that with open mouth confesse, neuer any thing which beforetime they had seene, to be thereunto comparable, either in glory or goodlinesse. Yet was not euery one of thē possessed with the like wonder of one same particular thing: for to some it seemed a matter of infinit maruaile, and scarcely credible to behold, so vnmeasurable a The causes of their admiration diuers.quantity of all sorts of marchandise to be brought out of all realmes and countries into this Citie, and hence againe to be conueyed into so many straunge and far distant nations, both by land and sea. Others exceedingly admired the wonderful concourse of strange and forraine people, yea of the farthest and the remotest nations, as though the City of Venice onely were a common and generall market to the whole world. Others were astonished at the greatnesse of the empire thereunto belonging, and the mightinesse of their state both by land and sea: but the greater part of the most wise and iudiciall sort were rather in themselues confounded with amazement at the new and strange manner of the situation of this Citie, so fitte and conuenient for all thinges, [Page 2] that it seemed vnto them a thing rather framed by the hands of the immortall Gods, then any way by the arte▪ industry, or inuention of men. And for this onely cause deemed the Citie of Venice to excell all those, that in this age are to be found, or at any time euer were. Neither altogether without reason, for surely if you looke into former ages, & likewise into this wherein we liue, you shall hardly find any cittie comparable with this of ours, eyther for greatnes of Empire, frequencie of people, or aboundance and magnificence of thinges. But No city eyther now or in any other age cō parable in all points with the citie of Venice.especially for situation, neuer was there since the memorie of men, any citie seated in so opportune a place, so secure, and exceeding the beliefe of men. Some in building of Cities, imagined they had well and sufficiently done, if they had chosen a place hard of accesse, or difficult for their enemies to besiege or assault the same: whereby it commeth, that sundry Citties are seated on the toppes of high hilles, with sharpe and vneasie passages, or else in moorish and fennish places: some again for other diuers respects haue imagined nothing to be preferred before an apt and commodious seate, fitte to conuoy in and out all such thinges as appertaine to the making of a Cittie plentifull and magnificent, aswell in matters of necessitie, as delicacie. Of which both points ioyntly you shall find few that haue beene carefull, fewer that haue attempted it, but vnlesse I be deceiued, neuer any one that hath in all points accomplished it.
But the situation of Venice being rather to be attributed to some diuine prouidence, then to any humane industry, is (beyond the beliefe of all those that haue not seene this cittie) not onely most safe and secure, both by land and sea from all violence, but also in the highest [Page 3] degree opportune & commodious to the aboundance of all thinges that are behoouefull to the citizens, as also for traffique of all sortes of marchandise, in manner with all nations of the worlde.
The situation of the citie of Venice. For it is seated in a remote and secrete place of the Adriatike sea, where on that side (where the sea beholdeth the continent) there are mightie great lakes; fortified with an admirable artifice of nature. For twelue miles off from the continent, the sea beginneth to be shallow: and among those flats & lakes there ariseth vp a shore or banke like vnto a hill, which seruing as a fortresse against the waues & violences of the sea, maketh all the inwarde harbor (being very wide & spacious) so secure, that not onely the vehemence of the sea, when through the rage of any tempest it ariseth, is repressed and kept backe, but also the ships that arriue, are debarred of free and easie entrance, in so much that if they be not of very light burthen, they are forced to cast anker at the mouth of the passages or entries, and thence, when the weather is calme and quiet, being guided by skilfull pilots, or rather by certaine particular men experimented in those shallowes and channels, they may at length come vnto the cittie by a narrow, crooked and intricate way, where the water is of greater depth, the same in a manner euery day altering and chaunging according to the tides of the sea.
The banke which ariseth behind these shallowes, reacheth almost threescore miles, and incloseth the lakes within. Neuerthelesse the same is not so entire, but that there is a rupture in seuen places thereof, which maketh an entry to the roade within, and it is six miles off from the Continent.
[Page 4] In this manner therefore are the lakes of the Citie of Venice inclosed, partly with firme ground, partly with Ryalta.this banke and shallowes: in middle of the which, in that place, which of our auncestors was called Rialta, and as yet retaineth the name, was the Citie of Venice builded, at such time as the Hunnes vnder the conduct The cause of the first building of the City of Veniceof Atyla did spoile with fire and sword the territory of Venetia, a noble prouince of Italie, which bordered vpon those lakes: in which calamitous time the citizens of Padua, of Aquilea, of VderZo, of Concordia, and of Altina, being all faire and goodly cities of Venetia, such of them as were chiefe in riches, and nobility, did first get themselues with their families into certaine Ilands, or rather little hilles, which did appeare out somewhat aboue the sea, and there built them places of abode, in which as in a secure hauen they auoyded the ragefull tempest of the Hunnes.
There were likewise in that troublesome season certain castles built vpon the banke, of which I made mention, to which the inhabitantes of that coast repaired, leaning their ancient homes spoyled and ruined by the Hunnes, seeking there a safe abode for their wiues and children, and as I may say for their houshold Gods.
Afterwards in the times of the kings, Charles and Pepin, all such as scatteringly inhabited these places, by common consent retyred themselues vnto the Ryalta, as into a place of greater security, & much more commocious then any of the rest: so that in the end by the concourse of such as coulde auoide the ruines of Italy, wrought by the cruelty of barbarous nations, Venice by degrees augmented it selfe into that greatnesse, in which we now do see it.
[Page 5] It is manifest therefore, that the seat of this Citie must needes bee exceedingly secure, in regarde that the first building thereof was vndertaken by men, who to auoid the calamities of Italy, in midst of so great a miserie, remained there in most sound and quiet safetie with their Venice hath remained vntouched from the violence of any enemy since the first building there of, which is aboue 1100▪ yeares.families. But which is more, since those times (which we haue not read hath happened to any other city) from the first building therof, euen vntil this time, being now a thousand and one hundred yeares, it hath preserued it selfe free and vntouched from the violence of any enemie, though being most opulent and furnished, aswell of gold and siluer, as of all other thinges that might, yea euen from the farthest parts of the world allure the Barbares to so rich a bootie and spoile. So that I doe not disalow their opinion, that haue deemed the Citie of Venice, to excell and go beyond all other Cities. But yet there is one thing more in this citie, which not onely in my iudgement farre exceedeth all those thinges, which wee haue spoken of, but likewise in all their opinions, that do not account a Citie to bee the walles and houses onely, but rather the assemblie and order of the citizens, chiefly and with greatest worthinesse to challenge that name, and this is the true reason, manner, & forme of commonwealthes, through which men enioy a happie and quiet life: This is that rare and excellent thing, wherein Venice seemeth to shine, and to surpasse all antiquitie, for though it is apparant that there hath beene many commonwealthes, which haue farre exceeded Venice as well in empire and greatnesse of estate, as in militarie discipline and glory of the wars: yet hath there not beene any, that may bee paragond with this of ours, for institutions & lawes prudently decreed, [Page 6] to establish vnto the inhabitantes a happie and prosperous felicitie, the proofe whereof is made manifest by the long continuance thereof in such security and happinesse, which when I consider with my self, I am wont greatly to wonder at the wisedome of our ancestors, at their industry, the vertue of their minds, & their incredible loue and charity towardes their country. There were in Athens, Lacedaemon and Rome, in sundry seasons sundry rare and vertuous men of excellent desert, and singular pietie towardes their country, but so fewe, that being ouerruled by the multitude they were not able much to profite the same. But our auncestors, from whome wee haue receyued so flourishing a commonwealth, all in one did vnite themselues in a consenting The nobility of Venice not so ambitious of their owne as of their countries honor.desire to establish, honour, and amplifie their country, without hauing in a manner any the least regarde of their owne priuate glorie or commodity. And this any man may easily coniecture, that the nobilitie of Venice was neuer so ambitious of any priuate matter pertayning to themselues, as they were alwayes infinitely zealous of the honour, commodity and aduancement of their country, in regarde that there are in Venice to bee found none, or very few monuments of our auncestors, though both at home and abroad many things were by them gloriously atchieued, and they of passing and singular desart towards their countrie. There are no stately [...]ecchi di nauitombes erected, no military statues remaining, no stemmes of ships, no ensignes, no standrads taken from their enemies, after the victory of many and mighty battailes.
Andreas Contareno Duke of Venice. I wil among innumerable others touch onely the example of Andraeas Contareno an ancestor of mine: who [Page 7] being prince of our commonwealth in the Genowes war, the greatest and most dangerous that euer we endured, did not onely preserue our countrey with his singular wisedome, and maruellous greatnesse of courage, but did so vtterly ouerthrow our enemies (they triumphing euen then as it were in an assured victory) that they in a manner were all eyther slaine or taken prisoners. Finally, hauing so mightily preserued his country, and amplified and established the commonwealth, hee passed out of this life, or dayning by testament, that on his sepulcher (which at this day is to be seene in S. Stephens church) there should not be placed any armes or ensignes of our familie: neither, which is more, is there so much as the name of so great a Duke engraued, but rather by his modestie is it come to passe, that the sepulcher of so famous & excellent a prince is in a manner vtterly vnknowen.
I imagine this to be a most certain argument, that our auncestors delighted not in vaineglorie or ambition, but had only their intentiue care to the good of their country and common profite. With this then exceeding vertue of mind did our auncestors plant and settle this such a commonwealth, that since the memory of men, whosoeuer shal go about to make compare between the same & the noblest of the ancients, shal scarcely find any such: but rather I dare affirme, that in the discourses of those great Philosophers, which fashioned & forged cō monwealths according to the desires of the mind, there is not any to be founde so well fayned and framed, for which cause I thought I should doe a thing very gratefull to strangers, if I shoulde describe the order of so renowned a commonwealth: especially because in this time among the number of so many men learned, and [Page 8] of pregnant wits, ripe in the knowledge of all things, and excelling in eloquence, I see not any that hath vndertaken this honorable taske. To which though I know the weakenesse of our stile cannot yeeld any ornament, yet the same is of it selfe so noble, that it is able not onely to yeeld dignitie to it selfe, but also to the vnworthinesse of my speech.
Being therefore determined to write of this our commonwealth, to the end that euery one may know whether the same be well or ill disposed, I thinke it best to take my beginning from hence.
That man is by nature made a ciuile creature, but alone by himselfe, neither able to liue well, not to liue at all, which euery daies necessitie, and the manner of victuailing and clothing approueth: and for this cause euen from the beginning did men enter into ciuile societie, and therein continued to the ende, that so they might liue happily and commodiously, which is, that with mutuall helpe and diligence they might obtaine the chief good incident to men, so long as the course of this their mortal life endureth, wherunto the whole reason of ciuil institution pertaineth, that by the easiest way No life happy and blessed but that which contayneth in it the vse of vertue.possible the citizens may be made possessors of a happy life. But a life happie and blessed is so tearmed of great Philosophers, the which containeth in it selfe the vse of vertue, which they do approue with most assured reasons and vndenyable arguments. Now the vse of vertue appeareth as well in the offices of warre, as in the functions of peace: which notwithstanding though the praise of warre, and the manner of discipline thereunto belonging, be necessary to a Citie, for the preseruation of the libertie and defence of the confines, and contayneth [Page 9] in it selfe great dignitie and goodlinesse: yet the common sence of men doth not allow these offices of warre (by which the ruine and slaughter of mankinde is procured) to be for themselues desired, and that all other ciuile offices should be thereunto referred: for it were the token of an vnciuile disposition, or rather of a man hating humanitie to wish for warres, slaughters, & burnings, for this onely cause that he might be famous in matters of warre, and adde thereunto (if it please you) that he might be honored with the name of a great captain: wherefore all philosophers of greatest marke haue Warre is to be desired for the cause of peace.in this one point agreed, that warre is to be desired for the cause of peace, and that the whole function of militarie vertue, and the commendation thereof ought to be referred to the offices of peace: wherefore that gouernour of a commonwealth that would be accounted worthy of praise, & (as the saying is) a man perfectly accomplished, ought to vse that temperature, & to maintaine that order, that the whole commonwealth may seeme accommodated to vertue, and withall, that it bee rather thought to attend to the exercises of peace, then to the offices of warre, yet in the meane time not contemning such thinges as pertaine to the discipline of warres; because many times the militare vertue (so that the same be vsed without iniurie) is necessary to defend and to enlarge the confines. But things being once ordered as we haue said, it is wont then to be doubted of, whether it bee better that one or few haue the gouernment of the whole citie, or rather the whole multitude, as many doe describe the estate of that, which ought properly to be called a commonwealth. And truely to me it seemeth exceedingly well and wisely said of them, [Page 10] Howsoeuer the successe hath allowed the gouernment of Venice, either in regard of the smalnesse of their territory, or the strong situation of their citie: yet there was neuer any example of any other great cōmonwealth but that did soone perish by the plurality of commā ders: all great philosophers chiefly extolling the monarchy; & all course of times & examples confirming their opinion. that deemed the gouernment of men to bee vnfitly granted to one alone, but that there should bee a thing more diuine to whom this office should be giuen, as out of many sorts of creatures may be gathered. For a sheep gouerneth not a flock of sheep, nor an oxe, nor an horse a heard of oxen, or horses; but a creature more excellent defendeth and gouerneth them, which is man, which is a thing manifest to al men, of how much more worth he is then those brute creatures: by the like reason (if so it might be brought to passe) should man be gouerned by som thing more diuine & excellent thē man, but seeing in worldly things (which are with sence perceiued) there is nothing found more excellent thē man, & man being a certaine diuerse creature, & consisting of different parts, as hauing the inferior forces of his mind cō mon, as it were with brutish creatures: but with the superior powers therof, participating (in a manner) with the immortal Gods: that rightly ought amongst men to obtain the place of gouernment & rule, which is in man highest & of greatest participation with dignity: which is as all men do acknowledge the mind, being by nature grafted in vs as a beame of the heauēly brightnes: therfore euil shal that commonwealth be prouided for, that That ought amongst men to obtaine the place of gouernment and rule, which is in mā highest, & of greatest participation with diuinitie.shal be committed to the gouernment of a man, whom many times those inferior and brutish powers doe perturbe, & call backe from the true path of reason: but that office is rather to be committed to the mind, pure and void of perturbations: wherefore by a certaine diuine counsell when by other meanes it might not, mankinde through the inuention of lawes seemeth to haue attained this point, that this office of gouerning assemblings of men should be giuen to the minde and reason onely: [Page 11] the same being free from passion, which among many other the infinit blessings & gifts of heauen, is not to be accounted in the lowest, but rather the highest ranke, if we will truely consider the vtilitie of lawes: for first in enacting them, many wise men meete together, who by long vse growen skilfull in many things, by comparing the inuentions and examples of others with their owne experience, do at length after long consultation determine that which shall seeme best vnto them, their minds being then directly bent to vertue, free from hatred, friendship, or other perturbation: the cause of no The excellency of lawes.priuate man being interessed in the establishing of laws, which in courses of mans iudgement often happeneth. But after that lawes once are enacted, if any then transgresse them, & chaunce to suffer the punishments that they inflict, he cannot in reason blame any man, and in this case it is not to be feared that any sedition or rancor growne among the citizens, being the greatest & most dangerous contagion of cōmonwealths: whereas contrariwise when any man is punished by the iudgement of men not fortified with lawes, great & grieuous enmities do sundry times ensue; for it scarcely can be chosen, but that we remaine ill affected towards him, of whom we haue receiued harme, so that I cannot well resolue whether mankind be more beholding for any other The inuention of lawes was by the ancients, consecrated vnto the immortall Gods.thing to nature the mother of all things, then it is for this inuention of lawes, which was of the ancients and not vnworthely consecrated to the immortall Gods: but which serueth more meruailous, Aristotle ptince of philosophers, in that booke of the world which he did dedicat to great Alexāder, found not any thing to which he might likelier resemble God, thē to an autentike law [Page 12] in a Citie rightly gouerned: so that the opinion of this great philosopher was in manner, that God was the same in the vniuersity of things, as an ancient lawe in a ciuill company: and in his bookes wherein hee entreateth of a commonwealth, he tearmeth law to be a mind without appetite, which is to say pure, cleare, and free from the infirmitie of any passion, whereby any man, of how slow conceit soeuer, may perceiue the fitnesse & necessitie of that of which we spake before: that is, that something more diuine then man shoulde rule and gouerne the companies of men: for a man being aduanced to this office of gouernement, (as men endued with wisedome, and integrity are rare) and they for the most part may erre in iudging and decerning things through the force of their affections, which do perturbe and diuert the mind from her true course and intention, it followes of necessitie, that thinges cannot go so currant as they should, yea though it might be so, that wee might find out a man so wise and vertuous, and of such stedfast constancic, that no perturbation were able to make his mind recoile from his duetie, yet neither on this condition were the rule of man to be wished for before the gouernment of lawes: for he being of a mortall & fraile nature could not long enioy that function, when lawes (as I said) do in a manner concurre with eternitie. By these I thinke it sufficiently persuaded, that the souerainty of gouernment should be recommended not to men but to lawes, to whose will yet some few thinges may be permitted, that are not well in lawes to bee comprehended: neuerthelesse it is necessary, that there bee A Gardian of the lawes.made a certaine Gardian as Liestenant and minister of the laws, who may gouerne the commonwealth according [Page 13] to the rule of the lawes. And because all those thinges that come into iudgement cannot be comprehended in lawes, that he then be an arbiter & ruler of those matters that are in question: now againe returneth that controuersie of constitution of lawes, which Whether a few or the whole multitude be to bee preferred to the defence of of the lawes.to some might seeme already decided, that is to say, whether one, or a few, or the whole multitude, be to be preferred to the defence of the lawes, & to iudge those things that do not fal into the comprehension of lawes. And though in the opinion of many men, the kingly domination is of highest esteeme and greatest account: neuerthelesse I shoulde thinke that though the principalitie of one alone, that should lawfully, and by right challenge to himselfe the dignity of a king: if the matter be by it selfe considered, shoulde seeme of all other the best, yet in regarde of the breuitie of life, and mans fraile disposition, which for the most parte enclineth to the worser parte, the gouernment of the multitude is farre more conuenient to the assemblie of citizens, which experience the mistresse of all thinges doth elegantly teach vs, because that wee haue not read that there was among auncientes any souerainty of a king, neyther haue wee in our time seene any that had not soone declyned into tiranny: on the contrary side many commonwealthes that haue continued prosperously many ages, and flourished both in peace and warre, yet is the whole multitude of it selfe vnapt to gouerne, vnlesse the same be in some sort combined together; for No ciuil society can remain perfect, vnlesse the same be in a vnity contained.there cannot bee a multitude without the same bee in some vnitie contayned; so that the ciuill society (which consisteth in a certaine vnity) will bee dissolued, if the multitude become not one by some meane of reason, so [Page 14] that the best philosophers, and those that haue learnedlyest written of the ordering of a commonwealth, iudged that in the gouernment therof there should be a temperature betweene the state of nobility & popular sort, to the ende that the inconueniences of either gouernmental one might be auoided, and the commodities of both ioyntly inioyed, for which cause they doe highly The commonwealth of the Lacedemonians gouerned by the king, the Ephores & the Senate. The same wholly instituted to the offices & exercises of war.commend the commonwealth of the Lacedemonians, in which the kings, the Ephores, & the senates made a certain mixture, so that it is hard to decipher vnder what sort of gouernment the same can be placed: onely this they reprehend, that it was onely instituted to the offices of war without any regard of the offices of peace & quietnesse, wherby it came to passe, that the same being glorious, and renowned in many excellent vertues so soon as euer it began to liue at quiet, presently declined, & at length vtterly fell to ruine: which also and for the same cause befell the Romaines, neyther was the euent thereof vnforeseene of sundry of the chiefe Senators, The cause of the ruine of the Lacedemonian & Romane commonwealth.among the which Nasica was of opinion, that Carthage (though enuious of the Romane greatnesse, and as it were in competencie withall) ought not to haue beene ruined, to the end that Rome might still haue an enemie with whom to occupie it selfe in armes: lest their enemie and corriuall being taken away, the commonwealth being instituted to warre, and the youth nourished in armes, they shoulde turne their weapons vpon themselues, which counsell of Nasica though it was then refused of the Senates, and the contrary decreed: neuertheles the euēt proued the same to haue bin most wise & prudent: for Carthage being destroyed, presently (in a manner) they burst out into ciuill warres through [Page 15] which at length the same being the most flourishing & mighty commonwealth that euer was, fel downe to the ground, and that Citie abounding in such opulency, as being in manner Queene of the worlde, became a pray to the barbarous. But to come now at length to our determined taske, it appeareth that our auncestors, which instituted the commonwealth of Venice, were men indued with admirable wisedome and vertue, in that they omitted nothing which might seeme to pertaine to the right institution of a commonwealth: for first they ordayned the whole life and exercise of their citizens to the vse and office of vertue, and alwaies with greater regard and reckoning applyed their minds to the maintenance of peace then to glorie of warres: The Venetians applyed their minds, more to the maintenance of peace then to the glory of wars.bending alwaies their chiefest care and studie to the preseruation of ciuill concorde and agreement among themselues, not in the mean time neglecting warlike offices, such (I meane) as were fitte and conuenient for our Citie, of which the situation is such, that it serueth well, and is commodious for warres by sea, but vnfitte for warres by land: for neyther squadrons of horsemen, nor troupes of footmen can by any meanes be accomodated thereunto, as by my former description, thereof may easily bee coniectured. Besides, they vsed such a moderation and temperature, and such a mixture of all estates, that this onely cittie retayneth a princely soueraigntie, a gouernment of the nobilitie, & a popular authority, so that the formes of them all seeme to be equally ballanced, as it were with a paire of weights, as more plainely hereafter shall appeare.
But now finally to come to the institutiō of our Venetian commonwealth, the whole authority of the city frō [Page 16] whose decrees and lawes aswell the senate as all other The great councell in which consifteth the whol authority of the commonwealth of Venice.magistrates deriue their power and authority, is in that councell, into which all the gentlemen of the Citie being once past the age of 25. yeares, are admitted: and sundry of them not yet come to that age, so that they be full twentie, which priuiledge they obtaine by the benefite of lottes: of which hereafter we will discourse the whole manner: Now first I am to yeeld you a reckoning how and with what wisedome it was ordayned by our auncestors, that the common people should not bee admitted into this company of citizens, in whose authority consisteth the whole power of the common wealth, then that this definition of citizens was not with lesse wisedome measured, rather by the nobility of linage, then the greatnes of wealth, as in auncient commonwealthes it was wont, & as many old philosophers do prescribe: for though the citie is the company of citizens: yet all those men whose trauaile the Citie needeth, yea and that dwell within the walles thereof, are not generally to bee reckoned in the number, nor registred in the right of citizens: for euery citie standeth in neede of artificers, and many mercenarie people, and hired seruants, of which none can bee truely tearmed a citizen: for a citizen is a free man, but those are all seruile, eyther priuately or publikely: for mercenarie men Mercenary men and artificers to be held as publike seruants.& artificers, are all to be accounted as publique seruants: for it is to bee beleeued that a liuing creature is not otherwise made of nature, then it is needefull that the citie should bee of men: for as in a liuing creature are many partes that haue no life, yet the creature needeth them towardes the maintenance of life: so in a company of citizens, there is a necessary vse of many men, [Page 17] who neuerthelesse ought neither to bee, nor to be reputed or placed in the number of citizens: for which cause it was wisely ordayned of our ancestors, that the whole people should not haue power in this commonwealth, which they desired to fashion in the highest degree of perfection. Because many troubles & popular tumults arise in those citties, whose gouernment is swaied by the common people, which we haue also read, hath beene obserued in sundry commonwealthes, & also deliuered in way of precept by many and great philosophers, yet many were of contrarie opinion, deeming that it would doe well, if this manner of gouerning the commonwealth should rather bee defined by abilitie and abundance of riches: but here againe they fell into great absurdities The absurdity of those that elect the rulers & magistrates of their commonwealth by the abundance of their riches.and no small inconueniences: for it happeneth often that those of the basest sort, yea of the very skum of the people, do scrape together great wealth, as those that apply themselues to filthy artes, and illiberall occupations, neuer sparing the toilesome and carefull wearing out of their liues, but with an intollerable sauing, defrauding themselues of the comforts of life, thereby to increase their substance. Contrariwise the honest citizens, and those that are liberally brought vppe, oftentimes fall to pouertie, either (as it often happeneth) by aduerse fortune, or els that being wholly addicted to noble and liberall studies, they neglect the increasing of their wealth: whereby it commeth that filthy and ill mannerd men sauouring of nothing but gaine, vtterly ignorant of good artes, by little and little come to gouerne the commonwealth: and those that are honest & of liberall condition by the decay of their substance, do loose the right of citizens, wherby of necessity there [Page 18] must arise great seditions and troubles to the commonwealth. Therefore our wise and prudent ancestors, lest their commonwealth should happen into these calamities, ordered that this definition of the publike rule, Nobility of lineage to be in election of magistrates preferred before riches.should go rather by the nobility of lineage, then by the estimation of wealth: yet with that temperature, that men of chiefe & supreme nobilitie should not haue this rule alone (for that wold rather haue been the power of a few then a commonwealth) but also euery other citizen whosoeuer not ignobly borne: so that all which were noble by birth, or enobled by vertue, or well deseruing of the commonwealth, did in the beginning obtain this right of gouernment: which hath likewise happened in these times of ours, yea and some forrain men and strangers haue beene adopted into this number of Strangers sometimes adopted into the right of citizens by the Venetians.citizens, eyther in regard of their great nobility, or that they had beene dutifull towardes the state, or els had done vnto them some notable seruice. This whole assembly therefore of the citizens (or as commonly it is termed) this great councell (vpon whose authority the whole power of this commonwealth, as also the dignitie of the senat and of all the magistrates dependeth) representeth The Duke ruleth during life.in this commonwealth the forme of a popular state. The Duke who hath no time of gouernment limited vnto him, but ruleth during life, beareth the shew of a kingly power, representing in all thinges the glory, grauitie and dignity of a king: the rest of the citizens do beare him honor and reuerence as vnto a king: & all decrees, lawes, and publike letters go forth vnder his name. But the Senate, the tenne, the colledge of elders or chiefe counsellors, which amongst vs of the cō mon people are commonly called the sages: those I say [Page 19] which do consult of matters, & after from the commonwealth do make report vnto the Senat, carry with them a certaine shew of an Aristocracy or gouernment of the nobilitie: which seeing they are the chiefe parts of this commonwealth, before we come to the meaner magistrates; we will speake particularly of these. We wil take our beginning from the greater councell, vpon which the whole commonwealth dependeth.
All yong men of the nobilitie, which haue accomplished Yong Gentlemen at 20. yeares of their age admitted to the great councell of Venice.the age of 20. years, do go vnto the office which commonly is called aduocatory, to which the defence of the lawes chiefly belongeth: before which presenting themselues with their father, or with their mother: if he be dead, or in case of both their wants, with some neere kinseman, they doe proue with the witnesse besides of two honest men (neither of them being of the mothers kindred) themselues to be borne of that father whom they alledge, not bastards, but in lawfull matrimony, & that their mother liued in fame of an honest woman. The witnesses sweare in this manner, that they do manifestly know it by the report and consent of An oath taken in the behalfe of the yong gentlemen before they are admitted into the councell.al those that know them. Then the father or the mother or (they both wanting) the kinsemen affirme with the oath, that the young man hath passed his 20. yeares: which thinges after they are directly registred by the clearke of the office, they then attend the fourth day of the moneth of Decemb. on which day the names of all these yong men that haue not yet by lotte obtained the right of citizens, nor are not passed 25. years old, are put into a pot, and carried vnto the prince, & there the same set before the counsellors, with which there is another pot, wherin are round balles equall with the number of the names writē in the first, euery one hauing his marks; [Page 20] the fift part of these balles is guilded with gold, the rest with siluer: the prince taketh out of the first potte the name, and then out of the next potte the ball, which if he be of the golden sort, the young man whose name was drawen, hath presently the authority of publike power, and is admitted into the great counsaile, but if it be of the siluered, he leeseth for that time his right, and expecteth his fortune of the yeare to come, vnlesse in the meane time hee accomplish the 25. yeare of his age: for euery gentleman comming to that age hath presently the right of a citizen, and is made pertaker of the publike authoritie, by this meanes the fift part of the noble yong men, that put themselues to this tryall, is euery yeare admitted and enabled to giue his voyce with the other citizens: but if it so happen that the father or grandfather of any gentleman, eyther in regard of absence or other cause, had neuer vsed this publique right, nor his name neuer beene registred in the common booke, that contayneth the names of all the nobilitie (lest there should be any fraud vsed, or lest any bastard shoulde vnder hande enter into this company of No bastard admitted for noble.gentlemen) they would not that this matter should bee iudged and determined of onely by the office of the aduocatory magistrates, but it is prouided for by a lawe, that they should proue their nobilitie by witnesses and publike writings, and that the aduocators should make The counsell of the [...].report ouer to the forty men, and so the cause being vnderstood and throughly examined and debated of by the forty men, it is at length iudged whether the party pretending is to be admitted for noble or no.
But to the end that no one shoulde scotfree aduenture the triall of this iudgement, it was also prouided, [Page 21] that whosoeuer should vndertake this proofe of his nobilitie, shoulde first bring vnto the magistrate fiue hundred crownes of gold, by them to be put into the treasure, in case the pretendant speed not in his suit. Such was the diligence of our ancestors, to the end that this congregation of nobility should no way be defiled. For which cause those very citizens which are nobly borne, and haue past their 25. yeares, obtaine not yet the authority of giuing their voices, till being so presented before the magistrates, they proue the accomplishment of the age by the othe of their father, mother, or neere kinseman, and also by two witnesses, that they were born of that gentleman, who they say was their father, not bastards, nor of a mother any way reproched.
Now that we haue expressed the whole manner by which the citizens do enter into the publike authoritie, I thinke it worthy to be marked, that our ancestors did deeme it a thing of great moment for the maintenance of the citizens in vnitie and loue, if they did often meet and assemble together. Therefore as wel by lawes as by prescription of time, it is an ancient custome that this The great coūcel assembled euery eight day.great counsaile should be assembled euery eight day, & sometimes oftner. The especiall office of which is to create all the magistrates: aswell those that administer iustice in the cittie, and inioy other offices in the commonwealth, as the senate, the tenne, the Pretors, the Captaines and treasurers of castles and Citties, which are vnder the fellowship of the Venetian empire, as also the gouernors of sortresses, the General of their nauie, their ambassadors, captaines of their gallies, and finally to conclude all in a word, all those whosoeuer abroad or at home, haue charge vnder the commonwealth. [Page 22] Likewise all such lawes as pertain to the constitution of the cōmonwealth, are enacted by the authority of this councell, which is especially vsed to be done when the Duke is dead, there being no new successor as yet created. But this shalbe spoken of more hereafter.
Now we wil expresse the whole manner of creating The order of the Session house.magistrates. Euery holliday in manner about noone this great councell is assembled into a great and spacious Ten very long benches in the hall where the great councell is kept.hall, which we will call the Session house. There are in the same ten exceeding long benches, equalling in manner the length of the hall: the cittizens sit downe euery one when they come, where it pleaseth them, for there is no place appointed to any, except to some Magistrates of chiefe authority, as the Duke, the Counsellors, & the three presidents of the fortie, which sit on a higher seate, & onely haue authoritie to make report ouer to the great Councell. After these the Aduocatory magistrates, and the three heads of the tenne sit downe in their appointed places, in the midst of certaine benches, that are also somewhat higher then the rest, & are close adioyning to the wall of the hall, & at length very farre from the Duke are the seates of the olde and new auditors, of whom we will speake more hereafter. But the rest of the citizens (as I said) sit downe without any place appointed where it pleaseth them. Then at an appointed houre the dores of the Session house are shut fast, & the keyes brought to the Tribunal of the prince, & there laid at his feete. Then the chiefe Chauncellor (which though it be not an honor of the nobilitie, yet it is of very great dignity) standeth vp, & from a high eminent place declareth what roomes and offices are vacant, & then to be prouided for▪ which being pronounced, [Page 23] he passeth straight from that place to the Tribunal of the Prince, and there with a loude voyce citeth the Magistrates being Presidentes of the sessions (as is saide before) that they should come to the Prince, or to the Counsellors if the prince be away. They being summoned do presently come, and there with oth do promise to do their vttermost diligence, that the lawes may be obserued, and that they will not in these offices pronounce any citizen, that shall any way haue violated the decrees, but that they will cause such a one to be seuerely punished, according to the rigor of the lawes: which ceremony being ended, euery one returneth to his place except one of the aduocators, and one of the heades of the tenne, which go to the farthest part of the hall right opposite against the princes seat, & there sitte downe in appointed places. The other aduocators sitte downe on the right fide of the session house: and the other heads of the tenne right ouer against them on the left side. In like manner doe the olde and new auditors place themselues in the farthest seate of the hall (which as I said, is far distant from the place of the prince) some on the right hand, & some on the left, to the ende, as it should seeme, that by this manner seating themselues, they should serue (as it were) for gards or watchmen to this great assembly, least any thing should there happen to be done vnespied or vnpunished, against the lawes or order of the Sessions. The Magistrates then being in this manner placed, there are brought before the tribunall The manner of choosing their electors,of the prince 3. pots, hauing in them little bals, some of gold, & some of siluer: one of the which is placed in the middest of the Tribunall seate, and the other two at each ende one, in eyther of which there are infinite [Page 24] balles of siluer, but onely thirtie of golde, but in the middle potte, there are not aboue threescore balles in all, of which sixe and thirtie are of gold, and the other foure and twentie of siluer, and the golden balles are all marked with certaine letters, which they bring forth euery sessions by lot, least otherwise there might be deceit vsed. The pottes being placed, three of the yongest counsellors arise from their seats, and sit downe on the lowest place of the Tribunall, by the three pottes, euerie counsellor by a seuerall pot. This being thus done and ordered, then that ranke of citizens, whose lot commeth forth, riseth presently on either parte of the session house: for throughout the length of the hall, are placed tenne rankes of benches, in which (as I said before) the citizens sitte as pleaseth them: to two of which rankes one lot onely serueth, that is to say, to those that on eyther side of the hall are opposite one to the other. This ranke then whose lotte is drawen, is called by the cryer with a high voice, which ranke, and that which respondeth to it on the other side of the hall, presently ariseth, and the citizens in order as they sate, go vnto those pots which the counsellors haue charge of, neere vnto the princes seate, and each of them putting in his hande taketh out a ball, which if it be of siluer, hee returneth by a contrarie way to the seate whence he came: if it be of gold, hee sheweth it to the Counsellor, who hath the charge of that potte, to bee viewed if it bee of the right marke.
This manner of marke was ordained, least some one otherwise might bring with him a golden ball, which holding priuily in his hande, hee might seeme to haue drawne out of the potte, and so by fraude obtaine the [Page 25] place of an Elector. Hee then to whose lotte befalleth one of these golden balles, goeth straight to the middle potte, and draweth out another ball, which if it bee of filuer, hee returneth whence hee came, loosing for that time his voice of election: but if it be of gold he ascendeth the Tribunal, and sitteth downe on the princes side in a place appointed him. The seconde that shall haue the like lot goeth also to the same place, and likewise the third, & so the others vntill they be nine in all, which maketh complete the first number, who are in that ranke placed in order, without respect of any thing, saue onely of their age. Here it is not to be forgotten, that those who by this benefite of lot are made electors, are presently in a loud voyce proclaimed by the Chancellor in such sorte, that the whole assembly heareth him: after which no one of his neere kinsemen or allyance may by any meanes attempt this lot of making himselfe Elector: neyther may there any more then two of one family be admitted to stand for the electorshippe: which was with great wisedome ordained of our auncestors, to the ende that this honour of election might stretch to many families, and this publike benefite be largely extended among the citizens, for of reason it ought to suffice if the lot fauouringtwo of one family make them pertakers of publique authority. But to returne from whence I haue digressed, so soone as this first number of the nine electors is complete, they The manner of the choyce of magistrates made by the Electors.go presently out of the Session house into a diuided inner roome, where also is present a Secretary of the commonwealth, who relateth to the Electors those thinges that are by the lawes ordained, and what they are to obserue in their election of Magistrates. Likewise [Page 34] hee readeth vnto them the decrees of the senate, and other lawes, by which it is defended, that the Electors shall not by any meanes suffer themselues to bee bribed or corrupted with money, nor vse in their election any fraude or deceipt. This being done the nine Electors are placed in seates, euery one according to his age, the eldest in the highest and worthiest place: for the Venetians will not allow among their citizens any other difference, then only of age, because from thence neuer sprang any sedition nor contention: neither is the same omitted of those gret philosophers. Aristotle (I say) in his Politiques, and Zenophon in that famous worke of his, of the institution of Cyrus King of Persia. The Electors thus placed, there are then nine little bals throwen into a potte, each of them marked with his number from the first to the ninth: & in a scroll somewhat long are written the magistracies in order that are in this session to be prouided for. The eldest of the electors first putteth in his hand into the pot, & taketh out a ball, according to the number with which the same is marked, he hath authoritie to name what citizen hee will in the same magistracy, which is in the scroll by the said number deciphered. So is it with the second, third, & likewise the rest, so that euery Elector by the benefite of lot is made the pronouncer of a particular magistrate. After that he, to whome the lot of the first magistrate happeneth, hath pronounced the citizen, that to him seemeth Sixe of the 9. voices confirmeth the elected citizen.good, the 9. electors go to voices, of which if the elected haue 6. of his side of that number of the 9. electors, then he is presently entituled in the magistracy, & his name recorded in the long scroll, in which are written all those magistracies for which these sessions are [Page 35] called, but if he haue fewer then sixe voices (which seldome happeneth) then is there another named of the same elector, & so forward still, vntill in the end one be named, of whom sixe of the electors shal allow: the selfe same manner is obserued in the second, third, & all the rest, vntil the number of those 9. electors haue euery one in particular chosen a particular magistrate: while these things are in handling in the inner diuided roome, the other citizens in the session house keepe on their course in drawing of lots as they began, & going to the pottes accordingly, as by lot it falleth to their ranks, they draw out bals, vntill 9. others haue out of either pot drawen a golden lot. These fill vp the second row of electors, & they also (according vnto the degrees of their age) are placed in the conclaue, or diuided roome: where they find an other chancellor or secretary, who without differing one iot from the former, reciteth vnto them the decrees of the senate, which they are to obserue, & bringeth forth to the selfe same magistrates a scroll of the selfe same order as the other was, which was brought to the first order of electors in the conclaue: & so then the lots again are drawen of the electors, and as euery one draweth, so according to the number & order aforesaid doth each of them pronounce a particular cittizen in that magistracy, which the number of his lot assigneth him. And in like manner the other third 9. obserue the aforesaid ceremonies frō point to point: & so likewise the fourth 9. so that in all they fill vp the number of 36. citizens, for so many were the golden bals that were in the pot in the middle seat: so that of 60. citizens which drew out the first 60. golden balles 36. doe become electors, & are diuided into 4. ranks: but the twentie foure which drew the siluer balles out of the middle pot, frustrated [Page 28] of their hope, returne them to their seates. I know how difficill a thing it is by writing to set downe these small particularities, being so farre different from the vse of the ancient Romaines: but I had rather bee blamed for folly, then for want of diligence, for I will not willingly passe ouer the smallest thing, without making mention of it: so that none how curious soeuer, may in reason desire any more at my hands. But to returne where I left, there is then in euery office, (for which that day the sessions are appointed) by the foure orders of Electors, four citizens chosen, I meane by euery particular order of electors a particular citizen, vnlesse it happen some one selfe man to bee named of two The choise of the competitors.or three of the orders of the electors (which sometimes happeneth) but for the most part there are of euery office or Magistracie foure competitors, though in some of lesse dignitie, & marke there are onely two, of which inferior offices the two first orders of electors haue power to chuse and name the competitors, of which priuiledge and iurisdiction the two later orders are frustrated and depriued: but so soone as the competitors of all the offices are chosen, presently the electors are dismissed, neyther may they that day giue their voice more to any one, neither bee so much as present at the sessions: And then the chiefe secretarie (which honor as I said, may not be giuen to a gentleman, and yet neuerthelesse is of great dignitie and sway) with a high voice pronounceth from his seate the competitors of the first magistracie, and particularly relateth who is chosen, and of what order of the electors. Neyther omitteth he which of the electors was the first author of naming him. In which place me thinkes it ought not [Page 29] to bee let slippe, how that it is by law established, that the same elector (who is the author of the pronunciation, The Elector becommeth surety for him whom be pronounceth.and choice of any competitor) is reckened to be in manner as a suretie for him: for afterwardes hauing gone beyond his competitors, and obtained the desired office, if hee then chance to conuert to himselfe any of the publike treasure, or goods, and be thereof conuicted, and withall remaine vnable to make satisfaction, then that elector by whose authority he was created & pronounced, is bound out of his owne substance to pay the same to the treasure house, The competitors of the first magistracie being then pronounced by the chiefe secretary in a high voice, presently after they are named if they be then present, euery one with his parentage, & dearest friendes and kinsfolke goeth out of the session house, into an appointed conclaue or inner roome, and there stay vntil the magistracy be determined of. Then againe after all this, the chiefe secretary admonisheth them all that they are bounde both by diuine and humane lawes, without any regard of priuate commoditie, to fauour and assist him whom they shall thinke fittest for the honour and commodity of the commonwealth. Then he nameth the first competitor, that is, he which was chosen of the first order of electors: for whome lottes are to be tryed. Then presently rise vp so many young men, as will serue two to euery ranke of benches. They carry in their handes certaine pottes, made and ioyned together with a maruailous kinde of artifice; the vttermost part of which is greene, and the interior white, both couered: whereinto when you put your hande, it is in your choise to let your ball fall into which of the two you please: the manner of the [Page 38] pottes being so contriued, that no one of those that are present, though he behold it neuer so stedfastly, can tell into whether of the two the ball was put: they doe not this with beanes, but with certaine linnen balles, lest that otherwise by the sound of their fal there might be some coniecture made into whether of the pots the bal was let fal for our ancestors deemed it to be a thing most expedient to our commonwealth, that our iudgements might bee free, and therefore they tooke great care, that the suffrages might be secrete. The yong men therefore euery one with his pots thus ioyned together go euery one to his owne bench, and offer their pottes to euery one of the citizens in order as they sitte, who shewing euery one his ball openly, putteth his hand into the pot, & letteth the same fall into whether parte he listeth. If he will giue his voice in fauour, then into the inner white; if otherwise, then into the vttermost which is greene: and this order is vsed throughout all the benches, whereby it commeth to passe, that in a very small moment of time the whole assembly of citizens haue yeelded their suffrages. Then the pots are brought to the princes seate, and the balles taken out and put into two broad dishes, that is to say, those which were in the white pot, & in fauour into a white dish, & those which were in the greene pot, & in disfauour, into a greene dish. Then they are brought to the counsellors (in middest of whom the prince sitteth) to be numbred & told: the suffrages of the white dish fauouring the competititor are numbred of those counsellors which sit on the right hand of the prince: the other of the contrary dish & contrary effect, are tolde by those counsellors which sit on the left hand of the prince: the publike secretaries [Page 39] are present where the counsellors are, and doe presently write vp the number both of the one & the other balles that are reckoned. In the mean time while these reckonings are in hand, they begin their suffrages for the second competitor, which was chosen of the seconde order of the electors & in like sort the suffrages are brought to the counsellors, which presently are numbred, & the secretaries register them in writing: the like order is obserued for the third & fourth competitor, if there be so many. All the suffrages being reckoned vp, he that hath them most in his fauour, so that they exceede the halfe is pronounced & chosen of the chiefe secretary: at such time as the sessions being ended the councel is to be dismissed. But if it so fall out, that none of the competitors for that magistracy haue any more then the iust halfe of the lots in his fauour, then is the whole proceeding held as voide, and the appointment of that office deferred to the next sessions.
After that the first magistracie is in the sessions determined of, then are the names pronounced of those that are elected in the second, & the competitors go into the conclaue with their kindred and alliance, & those that were shut in before (that is to say, the kindred and allyance of the first competitors) returne into the sessions: and the very like order and manner as in the first do they obserue in their suffrages for the competitors of the second magistracie: which being numbred by the counsellors hee is helde for elected, that exceedeth the rest in number of voyces, so that they exceede the halfe. The Sessions being ended, the names of the elected are pronounced by the chiefe Secretarie, and then the whole Councell is dismissed: which may [Page 32] The councell may not be prolonged after the setting of the Sunne. not at all bee helde or prolonged after the sunne is once downe: so if in that day they make not an ende of all, then do they declare the names of those that are already chosen: and as for those that remaine, there is no reckoning to bee made at all: so that they remaine frustrate of the benefite which the nomination of the Electors had put them in hope of. And this was so ordayned not without great reason, for if the matter shoulde haue beene prolonged within night, it would not haue beene easie for those magistrates that are Presidentes of the sessions, to containe so great a multitude of citizens in order, but that through fauor of the darkenesse, they woulde haue attempted somewhat preiudiciall to the lawes. Therefore our graue auncestors, men indeede wise & prouident, preuenting the inconueniences that thereby might happen with exceeding carefulnesse and wisedome, ordained that the sessions shoulde not by any meanes be continued after the setting of the Sunne; neither would that by any meanes that light should bee brought into the hall while the sessions endured. This is the whole manner of the proceeding in the sessions: but by the way it is to be noted, that the offices are so distributed among the citizens, that two of one family, kindred, or neere alliance, may not by any meanes haue Two of one, kindred on family may not haue place in office, nor bee Electors.place in one and the same office; neither in the sessions may two of one family, or neere alliance be by benefite of lotte electors (as I said before) the same likewise being ordained with great reason and discretion, to the end that the preheminence of publike authoritie might pertaine to many, and not bee engrossed vp among a few: least thereby through too much greatnesse of power might become disturbers or oppressors of the [Page 33] commonwealth: and on the other side, those that doe find themselues voide and hopelesse of honour and gouernment, might grow into a dislike and hatred of the same.
The dangerous estate of that gouernment, which many of the citizens doe seeke to alter & vndermine. And without doubt it is almost impossible for that commonwealth to maintaine it selfe afoot, and to stand firme, whose gouernment many of the citizens do seek to alter or vndermine: so that nothing is more proper to a commonwealth, then that the common authority and power should belong to many: for it is iust that the citizens, by whom the state of the Cittie is maintained, being otherwise among themselues equall, should not in this distribution of honours bee made vnequall. But they that do reduce the publike authority into a few families, doe easily fall vppon that estate of gouernment, which the Greeks call Oligarchia. Therefore in the commonwealth of Venice, the offices are so diuided among the citizens, that inso much as may be, euery family & kindred may be pertaker of the publike honors and offices, and yet in that measure, that not euery one do gouerne, but those onely that doe excell the rest in honestie and wisedome, and are deemed to be such men, as will more regard the publike, then the priuate commonditie. That first institution hath I know not what of popular, but the other sauoureth only of the gouernment of the Nobilitie: whereby it is manifest that there is in this cittie of ours an excellent contriued mixture of the best and iustest gouernments: for though vpon the first viewe this great councell of ours seeme to beare the shew of a popular estate, yet looking well into it, you shall find therein an apparant entermixture of the gouernment or the nobility. I grant that the election of [Page 34] The commō wealth of Venice is neither a popular estate, nor an Olygarchy, but a wel tempered gouernment betweene both. magistrates by lot is a matter popular, especially where right and iustice is measured, not by a determinate prudence, but simply by an arithmetical equality: for considering (say they) that euery one is a cittizen & freeman, one as well as another, and that among equalles things ought equally to bee diuided, euery one ought to bee sweetned alike with participation of the honours and commodities of the commonwealth, without more exclusion of one more then another: now in regarde that all cannot rule at once, but by turnes, they thinke fit that the matter should be committed meerely to lot, & that they should rule, to whome the same should bee fauourable. The contrary is alleadged by those, where full power & authority consisteth in the mightinesse of a few, for they suppose vnequall thinges to belong to vnequall persons, and that therefore mean men should content themselues with a meane & honorlesse estate, & that the great and highest dignities should belong to them that do farthest exceed the rest in riches: in which reckoning eyther of both parties strayeth far wide from the true & perfect path, though eyther of them relyeth vpon a reason in apparance seeming true, for wheras the one affirmeth equall thinges to belong to equall persons, & the other that men vnequal in riches should be vnequall in gouernment: the first measuring the equality & likenes only by number, & the other the vnlikelinesse and imparitie onely by riches, they are without doubt both of them besides the cushion: For they that are in number equall, are in some sort equall, but not wholly, & those that are in riches vnequall, though in some sort vnequall, yet are they not wholly to bee accounted vnequall: but the institution of a ciuill life tending [Page 35] chiefly to liue wel, it is only vertue that must make this difference. To those then that do excell the rest in vertue, the chiefest honors are due, as being most worthy, & aboue the equalitie of the rest, and so likewise equall rule and dignitie belongeth to those that are in vertue equall, and in ciuill industry: and this is the true measure & perfect rule to distinguish men. As therefore the choise of electors by lot is popular: so doeth it also sauor of a noble & better gouernment, that they should bee chiefliest aduanced in honor, that do chiefliest surmount the rest in vertue, iudgement, and counsell, and that the vnworthier should receiue the repulse. Whereby you may plainly perceiue, that in this manner of our gouernment there is mingled with a popular shew, the forme of a nobler rule, yet vsed with such temperature, that the same doth not exceed, nor go beyond the mean & manner of the popular authority. For in choice of the electors onely chance ruleth; of which dignitie the worst and basest may without hurt or detriment of the commonwealth, be partakers in equall power with the best & worthiest citizens, but in the essentiall distribution of honors and dignities chaunce hath no power at all, the same being wholly done by a deliberate election & aduised iudgement. And here me thinketh, I ought not to ouerslip in silence, that in those sessions, which do concerne the bestowing of offices, to which men of the greatest wisedome, honesty & diligence are required, the senate of it selfe maketh vp a fift order, to the 4. The senate when any principall office is to be prouided for, hath authority to create a fift competitor.before expressed orders of electors. For whiles the other electors seperated in conclaues or places appointed for that purpose, do pronounce such to be competitors, as they shal in their iudgements think meet, thē if so be the sessions do concerne any such especial office, as beforesaid, the senate doth also withdraw it selfe into an [Page 36] inner chamber, and there euery Senator hath power to name such one as he shall please in the office, of which the present question is: and whosoeuer shall chance to haue most voyces in his fauour, is elected in this cabinet of the Senate, and created the fift Competitor: whereby it plainely appeareth, that in this commonwealth of ours the forme of an Aristocracie is much more excellent then the popular gouernment. But the manner and meanes of this kind of councell is hitherto (vnlesse I be deceiued) of vs sufficiently expressed and made plaine. Let vs now come to that part of the commonwealth, the which not vnlike to a well tuned dyapason in musicke, where the base is to the treble aptly proportioned, carrying with it the shew of a Monarchie, hath notwithstanding a correspondency with the popular gouernment, and finally a middle sort of Magistrates being betweene them both interposed, doth grow (as it were) into a wel concenting harmony of an excellent commonwealth.
The Second Booke of Venetian Commonwealth and Magistrates.
THe exterior shew of the prince in the Cittie of Venice deliuereth to the eyes of the beholders the person of a king, and the very resemblance of a monarchie: Therefore it shal not in my opinion do amisse if hauing described that assembly of citizens, which representeth the forme of a popular estate (though for the dignity of the matter vnsufficiently, yet considering the slendernesse of our forces not altogether vndiligently) if we now take vpon vs to expresse the first reason that moued our wise & vertuous auncestors to place one man onely at the helme of their commonwealth, and also when and what was the beginning of this royall and princely institution. No man (I suppose) is ignorant of that which is so often of vs in this worke repeated, which is, that a Cittie is a certaine ciuill societie, sufficing within it selfe of such thinges as are necessarie to the leading of a happie and quiet life: and there is no question to be made, but that euery ciuill societie is contained and linked together in a certaine vnitie, and by distraction and breach of that vnity is againe as easily dissolued. For nothing hath sooner ouerthrowne the mightie and opulent estate of many [Page 38] great & glorious citties that hereto fore haue perished, then homebred discord and ciuill dissention. Now a vnitie cannot well be contayned, vnlesse one being placed in authoritie aboue, not onely the vulgar multitude, but also all the rest of the citizens and officers, haue authoritie to combine them together, being scattered & disioynted, and to bind them (as it were) all into one entire body: which the great philosophers that were the searchers out, and (as it were) diuers into the secretes of Nature, did notably marke and obserue, as well in the constitution of the whole worlde, as also of this Microcosme or little worlde, which is Man. For they well founde out, that in this vniuersitie of thinges the many and disagreeing motions of each particular thing, according to the nature thereof, were all vpheld and maintayned vnder one heauenly and eternall mouer, and so likewise all causes vnder one, the first cause of all things: and as in a liuing creature there are many and diuers members, whose functions are sundrie and different: yet neuerthelesse are all comprised vnder one onely life & member, which is the hart, and are by the same (as it were) gathered & held in a vnity: so likewise if the multitude be not so ordered & digested, that it may acknowledge one head and superior, in whose heart shal rest principallie engraued, an especiall care to conserue the common good, & the perfection of ciuill agreement (whereunto the actions as well of euery priuate citizen, as publike magistrate, as to the last chiefe & principal end ought to be directed) surely the same cannot long time continue, but drawing diuers waies must needs fal to decay & ruine: for if the charge of the common good be not principally to some one committed, [Page 39] of necessity the too intentiue care that euery one will haue of the particular office wherein hee is imployed, must needs turne to the common hinderance: as for example: The officers for prouision of corne wil cause out of all parts great quantities to be brought to the citie, procuring onely the cheapenes and plenty thereof, which perchance woulde not proue so profitable to the publike tolles. The officers likewise of the nauie and sea matters (which are among vs of great estimation & credit) would industriate themselues peraduenture too much thereabout, in building great numbers of gallies, in gloriously adorning thē with all sorts of cost & warlike instruments, spending therin whatsoeuer of the cō mon treasure they could get into their fingers, through which ouer costly diligence, the rest of the publike receipts wold hardly suffice to repair castels, & wals of towers, to pay garrisons, & to defray other publike charges. By which meanes the commonwealth not cohering wel together, might easily sustain detriment, not by the faultines, but by the too much carefulnes of the citizens, whilest euery one endeuoureth to set forth & discharge his office in the notablest maner he may: whereby it seemeth exceeding necessary, that the care of the publike weale should be committed to some one, who being free from any priuate office, might onely moderat & direct the endeuors of the rest to the cōmon good & vtility of all, which authority to be cōmitted equally to many, were very inconuenient: for as Aristotle sayth, that which many haue charge alike of, all do in a maner alike neglect: neither if ther be any thing amisse, can the blame therof be imputed more to one then to another: withall there neuer want most dangerous emulations [Page 40] among those that are alike equall in authoritie. Now if one in this case should bee preferred and aduanced aboue the rest, in dignitie and rule with a limitation of time, and not for tear me of his life, he then would imagine that he had sufficiently discharged his duety, if it went well with the commonwealth during his time of gouernment, carelesse altogether what should become thereof afterward: so that commonly many dangerous afterclappes ensue such reckonings, which by certaine and manifest experience may easily bee proued by the example of many commonwealthes, that in these times of ours haue beene ruinated through such manner of gouernment.
This Monarchall gouernment was therefore established in this commonwealth of ours with singular wisedome and iudgement, and withall the same so curbed & restrained with lawes, that all dangerous inconueniences, whereby the commonwealth might sustain harme, are thereby remoued, and those commodities joyntly embrased that proceed from a kingly and royal gouernment: so that there seemeth nothing to remaine which we could wish for, hauing a commonwealth vnenthralled, enioying a true libertie and freedome, and yet neuerthelesse as it were a king for our gouernor. A prince therefore is chosen, who is entituled with the dignitie of a Duke, retayning the gouernment of the commonwealth while the time of his life endureth, and chiefly and aboue all other thinges, hauing care of the common good and generall vtilitie, by which as I proued before (and that as I thinke with sufficient reasons) cities are preserued and maintained.
This Duke of ours hath not any certaine priuate office [Page 41] alotted him, yet neuertheles ther is not in the whole The dignity & authority of the Duke.commonwealth any thing done, but he must be made acquainted therewith, and haue knowledge of the same. He is to containe and keep vnder in their duetie, as well euery priuate man as euery particular magistrate, and with such moderation to direct them, that euery thing may with an excellent harmony seeme to tune to the common good & ciuil vnion: lest any otherwise through too much diligence, or too much negligence in his office, might chaunce to hinder the common profite. This therefore is the office of the prince, that being (as it were) placed in a glasse, hee might behold what euery one doth, especially those that are in authority, of whom if he find any faulty in his office, if the matter bee light, hee calleth him before the whole colledge, and there sharpely rebuketh him with words: if his offence be of greater qualitie, he causeth the same to be enquired of and examined before the aduocators and the presidents of the tenne, and to be punished according to the sentence of the councell. The Duke himselfe also if he will, may vse the authority eyther of an Aduocator or President, and make report to the councell of any offence, and of any amercement or punishment that is thereupon to be inflicted: (wherein what manner and custome is wont to be obserued, shall bee hereafter expressed, when wee shall come to speake of criminall iudgements.) For so great is the princes authoritie, that he may in whatsoeuer court adioine himselfe to the Magistrate therein, being president as his colleague or companion, and haue equall power with the other Presidents, that he might so by this meanes be able to looke into all things.
[Page 42] Yet neuertheles so is this authoritie of his by lawes retracted, that alone hee may not doe any thing, neither being ioyned to the other magistrates hath he any farther power then euery other president in his office. The authoritie of the magistrates being so small, that no one of them how great soeuer he bee can determine of any thing of waight or moment without the opinion of the Councell. But of this in his place we will speake more plainely.
Besides this the prince hath in euery councell equall authoritie with any of them for one suffrage or lotte. Likewise in the great counsell, and assembly of all the citizens, while the sessions are held concerning magistrates, hee hath no power to yeelde more fauour to a competitor of his kindred or parentage, then to any other: obseruing the same equall priuledge which the other citizens doe: whereby I thinke any man may easily vnderstand, that the Duke of Venice is depriued of all meanes, whereby he might abuse his authoritie, or become a tyrant▪ which ancient & long continued custome from the first beginnings of the citie, euē to these times, hath now taken such foundation and roote, that there is nothing whereof the citie of Venice need stand lesse in feare, thē that their prince should at any time be able to inuade their liberty, or trouble their common quiet. But now least euery one should refuse this dignitie; requiring so great paines & continuall solicitude of mind, vnlesse there should thereunto bee adioyned some sweetnes or reward: this limitation of authoritie is on the other side recompensed with an exterior princely honor, dignitie, & royall appearing shew: for the ornamentes of his bodie are kingly, vsing alwaies [Page 43] purple garments or cloth of gold. On his head he weareth in stead of a diadem, a vaile of linnē, vpon the same a hood or miter of purple, garnished about with a fringe of golde, the part whereof that couereth the middle or hinder parte of the head riseth vp in forme of a horne. His seat is somewhat higher then the rest, and in estate kingly. All the citizens, as well those that beare rule and office, as those that are priuate men speake vnto him bareheaded and standing, which in these times is a signe of exceeding honor. The prince neuer riseth vp to any person. All the letters of the commonwealth are sealed, and go forth vnder his name. What prince, embassador, Magistrate, Captaine, or whosoeuer els that writeth to the senate, directeth his letters to the prince. The proclamations of lawes, orders, & decrees, all are done vnder his name. All their money, as well gold as siluer is coyned and stamped with his name & picture. Finally to shorten my speech, in euery thing you may see the shewe of a king, but his authority in nothing, which without doubt whosoeuer is wise cannot but confesse to haue beene ordained by the Venetian commonwealth with exceeding prudence and wisedome: because otherwise without this rewarde of honour, the office of the prince would haue been reputed as burthenous & vnpleasing, but that the reward, which is honor following, sweetneth the same, according to the opiniō of great philosophers: so that Aristotle saith in his Ethikes seeing those that do rightly & holily performe their office in gouernment, haue more respect to the profite of other men, then their owne: there cannot by any other meanes be returned vnto them a due and equiualent recompence, but onely by making them to exceed all the rest in honor and dignity. Moreouer the dignity [Page 44] of this prince causeth all the other citizens exceedingly to feare his reprehension, and performe the offices in which they are placed, with the greater fidelity & care. There are to the prince adioyned sixe counsellors of Sixe counsellors chosen out of sixe quarters of the citie.sixe tribes, into which the Citie is diuided, euery tribe chusing one. Their office continueth eight monethes, & they are continually at the princes elbow: nothing is said vnto the prince but they do heare it: no letters are sent forth but such as shall seeme good and alowable to foure of those counsellors, who also doe in the letters subscribe their names; yet not in those letters which are sent forth, but in those which are first written by the secretaries of the commōwealth, which are reserued, & the coppies of them sent forth. In which also it is to be noted, that those letters which are sent, not by the decree of the councell, but by the commandement of the Prince and Counsellors, as they neuer contain but matters of small importance, so are they of small authority. For as wee haue often saide, all authoritie and power is onely to bee attributed to the councell, no one magistrate hauing of himselfe any ample authoritie. But of the counsellors we will speake more hereafter: now I will returne to the prince or Duke.
The Prince therefore being honored with this kingly apparance and shewe, because oftentimes it fell out that priuate wealth suffised not to maintayne so great dignity and pompe: there is allowed vnto the Duke out of the common treasure yearely, three thousand and fiue hundred crownes of gold: and to the end least some one couetous of increasing his substance, should neglect the honour & dignitie of the commonwealth, & conuert that money to his priuate vse, there [Page 45] are certaine charges imposed vpon him, which at his owne cost he must see defrayed, with an especiall care of the seruice & dignity of the commonwealth: which if through auarice or sparing of money he neglect, there is so great a fine and amercement set vpon the heade of his heires, that whiles by increasing his priuate wealth, and dispensing with his honour and dignity, hee shall think to enrich them, he shall in a manner vtterly vndoo them: besides the leauing of an eternall blot and ignominy to his posteritie. He maintayneth of his owne charge many seruants, or as you would say of his guard, but yet such as weare no weapons. Hee alwaies vseth costly garments: he dwelleth in a pallace wonderfully adorned with goodly chambers and tapistry, abounding with vessels of siluer and all other such furniture, as is beseeming the degree of a prince. Foure times a yeare he maketh a solemne and sumptuous banket, to Foure times a yeare the Duke banketteth the citizens.aboue threescore citizens, the same being ordered and set forth with all the magnificency that may be. Wher. in our predecessors brought into our commonwealth the auncient order of the inhabitantes of Lacedemon and Crete (whose commonwealthes were noble and glorious) but with a much better moderation and order: for they because they thought the often meeting of the citizens was a mean to combine them together in friendship, instituted certaine publike feastes at the charge of the common treasure, to which the citizens assembling had meanes one to be acquainted with the other, and withal by so friendly a meeting to confirm a new friend ship. But seeing that they all went confusedly together, those assemblies could not be without troubles & tumultes, and besides when those that were to feast & [Page 46] banket the rest, did desire to do it with daintinesse, and magnificence, there could not but ensue a great wast of the common treasure. Therefore with a certain amendment & moderation is that ancient manner brought in vse among the Venetians, and the whole care and ordering thereof committed to the prince. Foure times a yeare therfore are the citizens banqueted of the prince, with fare truely honorable and daintie, and yet for the exceedingnesse thereof not to be enuied: neyther doth euery one come vnorderly as it pleaseth him, but those whome the prince shall vouchsafe to call: vnlesse it bee the Counsellors, the Aduocators, the Presidents of the xl. men, & the Presidents of the tennes, who in preheminence of their offices, are vsually present at the princes bankets: the other citizens come not but inuited.
These foure feastings are in this sort diuided, that the elder and worthiest citizens being inuited, doe in the winter time vpon S. Stephens day assemble themselues in the publike pallace appointed for the princes habitation, and with a solemne pompe waite vpon the prince from thence to the church of S. Marke, and there bee present with him at Masse, which being ended, then they waite vppon him backe to his house againe, and there be pertakers of his banquet. Likewise in the moneth of Aprill on the day of Saint Marke (whose memory is with exceeding honour solemnized of the Venetians, as entituling him their patron and defender, euer since the reliques of his body were brought vnto Venice, from forth of Alexandria a noble Citie of Aegypt) the cittizens of lesse age and dignitie inuited of the prince, doe in like manner (after the solemnities in the [Page 47] church are ended) conuay him home and dine with him.
Thirdly, vppon Ascention day, being the day of the great fayer at Venice, they are inuited and admitted to the Princes banket, that are fully arriued and entred into that age which we call Virilis or mans estate. These also doe early in the morning waite vpon the Duke from his house, and go aborde a ship gorgeously trimmed and set forth, reserued onely to that vse, and is by the Venetians called Bucentoro: so soone as they are passed the marishes and come to behold the plaine and open sea, by an ancient indulgence of the high Bishops (who honoured this commonwealth of ours, in regard of many notable exploites by it atchieued against the The Dake of Venice marieth the sea with a ring of gold.enemies of the Christian faith) the prince throwing a ring of golde into the sea, vseth in a manner these speaches, that with that ring hee doeth betroth himselfe to the sea, in token of a true and perpetuall Empyre. To this there are added certayne ceremonies by the Patriarch of the Cittie, which being ended, they lande at the Church dedicated to Saynt Nicholaus, a thing of great antiquitie, built vppon that shore or banke which diuideth the sea from the lakes. There the holy misteries are celebrated, which being ended, they go aborde the ship againe, and returne to Venice, attending on the Prince home to his house, where they dyne with him.
The fourth and last banquette pertayneth to the young cittizens, who the twelue Kalendes of Iuly, on the day dedicated to the two Martyres Vitus and Modestus, doe with solemne pompe wayte vpon the Prince to the Temple of those Martirs, which [Page 48] is situate neere to the great channell that diuideth the cittie in the middest: which channell is for that tyme conioyned with a bridge made vpon two galleyes, least otherwise to make that iourney, would cost a very long and laboursome circuit and compasse. The church being visited, and the solemnities in the church finished, they attend vpon the prince home to his pallace, where they are receiued with a royall & magnificent banket. There are to these bankets admitted dauncers, iesters, and excellent singers, to recreate & delight the guestes, and withal certaine sports and playes are intermingled, which doe moue exceeding mirth and pleasure: and this ancient custome is still obserued in the commonwealth of Venice, though somewhat moderated. For by this means the citizens in a manner of euery degree, yea equals with equalles are entertayned at the princes table: which seemeth exceedingly well ordered and disposed, as well for the dignity of the prince, as also for nourishing & maintayning loue and good will among the citizens. But because euery citizen that is a gentleman, cannot euery yeare receiue this grace of being inuited, it is by an olde law ordained, least any one should seeme to be left out, that the prince should in the winter time sende to euery citizen that hath priuiledge of A strange ceremony obserued by the Duke of Venice, but now the same is altered, & the wild ducks changed into a peece of siluer coyne.voyce in the greater Councell fiue wild duckes, as a portion or share of the publike banket, which likewise is a great meane to the Duke of winning the loue and goodwill of the citizens.
In these chargeable expences doth the Duke yearely consume and spend a great part of that money which hee receiueth out of the common treasure: so that though the Duke would be couetous, yet cannot hee [Page 49] in a manner staine with any basenesse the noblenesse & dignity of the place he holdeth.
Here because the whole power and authority of the prince is in a manner already expressed of vs, it shal not be amisse to declare in what season and time the beginning was of creating a Duke in Venice, and finally what is the order of the sessions in his election.
The beginning of creating a Duke in Venice. Immediately from the first beginning of the Cittie, when the noblest citizens of the Venetian prouince, (their greatest citties, as Aquileia, Altina, Concordia, Vderzo, Padoua, and many other of great opulencie and richesse, being ruinated by the Hunnes, vnder the conduct of Attyla their Captaine, who filled Italy with fire and blood) did assemble themselues in those flattes of the Adriatique sea, where Venice since was builded, & euery one of them had chosen for his mansion those places which were nearest to the country which hee had abandoned: it came to passe that there were by them built about two and twentie townes, partly vpon that shore or bank which encloseth the inner lakes, partly vppon certaine hillockes which appeared out aboue the lakes. But in the beginning when those townes were neither of themselues sufficiently fortified and fenced, neither euery of them so furnished with shipping, that it was able to resist the incursions of theeues and pirates, they thought it meete (seeing their fortunes were all alike) to gouerne their matters by a common councell, as well for the prouision of corne, wine, fruites, and other necessaries, as also the securitie of their persons and families, thereby to auoide the daunger of pyrates and rouers, to which in regarde of their weake, scattered & vnfortified townes, they lay in a manner open. Therefore [Page 50] when firsteuery towne had chosen from out his other citizens a chiefe and sufficient man, calling him by Euery towne did chuse a Tribune.the name or title of Tribune, they generally altogether ordained, that vpon certain appointed daies these Tribunes should meete, and consult together the common businesse: but finding in the end an inconuenience in the varietie of so many opinions and authorities, and suffring withal many incommodities, they thought nothing would doe better then to lay the whole charge of the generall and common affaires vppon some one particular man, whom all the rest should acknowledge as their prince and ruler. It was therefore by generall consent of the xxij. townes concluded and agreed, that The princes seate assigned him in the towne of Heraclea.there should one Duke or Prince be chosen, & his seate assigned him at the beginning, in the towne of Heraclea, situated on the inner side of the lakes, in a certaine Ilande neere to the mouth of the riuer Piaue, which in our time (by inundation of the flouds) is now ioyned to the firme lands, But afterwards this place seeming vnfit, because it was farre off, so that many times afore the prince could haue aduertisement, the Pyrates had already entred the lakes, oppressed at vnwares the inhabitants, & spoiled their shipping. Therefore they thought The princes seat transposed to Malamoco.it better that the prince leauing Heraclea shoulde plant his seat in Malamoco, a towne seated vpon the midst of the banke: whence the Duke might easily & soon haue inckling of any whatsoeuer attempt of the Pyrates, and Pipin inuaded Italy.with small adoo bee at hand wheresoeuer his presence The princes seat lastly reduced to Venice.should be requisit. But at length when Pipin (euen in those very beginnings of the Venetian citie) threatned seruitude & slaughter, & they abandoning (in a maner) the rest of the townes, they came altogether to Rialta, [Page 51] thither also was the seate of the prince translated, by which meanes Venice in time encreased, and grew into that greatnesse in which we now do see it: so that by a perpetuall continuing custome, euen from the beginning, there alwayes was a prince and gouernour of the Venetian commonwealth. At first for a while their authority was greater: but afterwardes being by vse of time and experience taught, they began with holesome statutes and lawes to abridge his power, bringing it by degrees into this temperature, in which wee now doe see it.
The manner of choosing the Duke of Venice. The manner of chusing a successor to the deceased Duke, was at the first altogether simple, and without ceremony: for our auncestors being men of great soundnesse and integritie, & free from all ambition, did euery one in his particular, draw backe from accepting a matter of so great a charge: so that by a generall crie & acclamation of the people, he was proclaimed prince that was reputed to be the honestest & wisest man: But after those times, the Citie and people increasing to a greater mightinesse & state, it seemed a thing not conuenient to the greatnes of so noble a cōmonwealth, to commit to the rash & wauering voice of the multitude, a matter of so great waight, honor, and dignity. It was therfore decreed, that there should be chosen out 11. of the most sufficient citizens, & that this authority of creating the prince shold be wholy vnto thē cōmitted: but afterwards as with their empire their ambitiō increased, there were appointed certain seueral parliaments or sessions, & a kind of intricate way found out in this election of the Duke, which (least there should be any thing wanting in my vndertaken taske) I wil briefly expresse.
[Page 52] The Duke being deade, and his obsequies deuoutly and honourably solemnized: the Counsellors, who presently vpon the princes death during the interregne or vacancy, betaking themselues to the publike pallace, appointed for the princes habitation, do call & assemble The Dukes actions examined after his death.together the great councell. In that first assemblie after the Dukes decease, there are (according to the maner of the sessions before expressed) 5. citizens created, whose office is diligently to looke into & to examine the actions of the deceased prince, and if they found any thing done by him against the lawes and statutes, then by opinion and authoritie of the councell to cancel and disanull the same. If he haue receiued a bribe of any man, or haue been sparing in that due and ordinary expence which belongeth to his dignitie, then vpon the report of these fiue cōmissioners, there is such a fine and amercement imposed vpō his heires, as the lawes command: the penaltie is onely money, which is leuied vpon the Princes inheritance, & caried into the treasure house.
In the same session are likewise chosen fiue other citizens, who immediatly vppon their election doe retire themselues into an aparted roome, or conclaue adioyned to the session house, out of which they doe not depart, till after many matters well debated, they doe at length determine whether there is any thing that in their opinion ought to be taken away, or added to the princes authoritie. The matter being well discussed among them, the councel is called together again, which being done, they then come forth of the conclaue (for before they may not) and euery of them declareth his opinion to the Councell concerning the authority of the prince, and then it being of the whole assembly together [Page 53] aduised on: it is by suffrages decreed which shal be most for good of the commonwealth. And that decree is presently registred among the lawes, which the following Prince is bound to obserue. The authority and power of the prince being once setled and determined: the next day after is spent in that intricate kinde of sessions, in which the Prince is accustomed to bee chosen.
No citizen allowed in those sessions which concerne the election of their prince, vnder the age of 30▪ yeares. All the citizens that are aboue thirtie yeare olde do assemble and meet together: for no one vnder that age is by an auncient institution of the commonwealth admitted into that Councell or sessions: then the citizens are all of them numbred, and so many as they are in number, so many little balles are throwen into a potte, of which thirtie are golde, and the rest siluer: The pot is placed iust before the tribunal of the sessions, where the Counsellors do stand: and by the same standeth a little boy which pulleth out the lottes. The citizens are called and doe come vnto the potte euery one according vnto the ranke and order in which he sitteth, but no one is suffred, (as in their other sessions the custome is) to put his hand into the potte, onely the boy which standeth by, draweth out for each of them his ball. Those that chaunce vpon a siluer ball, do presently depart forth of the sessions: but hee whome fortune shal fauor with one of those that are of gold, is presently in a high voice published and pronounced by the secretary: and immediately goeth his waies apart into the inner roome, and all his kindred and neere allies doe presently arise out of their places, and all go together into one part or corner of the hall. There they are numbred, and so many as they are, so many siluer balles are [Page 54] 30. chosen out of the whole multitude. drawen out of the potte and giuen them, vpon which without delay, they depart out of the hall: so that onely thirtie, to whose lot the golden balles do befall, are chosen and elected out of the whole assembly of citizens: and that being done, the councell is dismissed. These 30. reduced to 9.After they are all departed, those thirtie come again out of the conclaue, & trie once more their chaunce by lottery afore the Counsellors, so that of their number onely nine, whom this new lottery shall fauour, are made Electors: and the rest being dismissed, they go againe into a closet appointed for the purpose, and there are locked in alone, no one, no not a seruant suffred to The 9. chuse 40.speake with them: nor they may not thence depart till they haue chosen fortie men, of which fortie no one can of them be declared as elected and chosen, vnlesse he haue first sixe balles or suffrages in his fauour: so that if there bee foure of the nine contrary to him, hee may not be elected. So soone as they are once agreede in the choise of these fortie men, they sende word thereof vnto the Counsellors by the publique guardian or Porter: presently the Counsellors (vnlesse the day bee very farre spent) doe call and assemble the great councell: which being altogether in the Court, there is a list brought out of the closet, wherein the names are written of the Electors: and then the chiefe Secretary ascending the Tribunall, doth with a high voyce pronounce the names of the fortie elected cittizens: of which euery one as he heareth himselfe named, doeth arise from his seate, and going to the Tribunall of the Counsellors, doeth there sitte downe, and then goeth thence into an appointed closet or inner roome: but if any one chaunce to be away, he is presently enquired [Page 55] for by the Counsellors, and the Presidentes of the fortie, and sought for with great diligence throughout the cittie. So soone as hee is founde out, hee is immediatly by those Magistrates brought into the sessions, and thence into the Conclaue to his fellowes, without suffring him to speake or talke with any man by the way: thereby to exclude all ambition and subornation out of the sessions, which the will of our auncestors was, shoulde be handled with all vprightnesse and sinceritie. By this meanes the fortie designed cittizens doe come together vnawares, and being come together, the Councell is presently dismissed. Then these fortie doe come forth agayne out of the closet into a large and open hall before the counsellors, and there by the same manner of lotterie as is The 40. reduced to 12.before expressed, twelue of the fortie are chosen, and the other eyght and twentie which remaine, are put backe and forsaken. These twelue agayne doe chuse The twelue chuse 25.fiue and twentie others, of which euery one must haue eyght suffrages, for vnder none may be chosen: which being ended and done, they presently sende worde thereof by a messenger to the Counsellors. They, if the season of the day serue, doe call and assemble the Councell, and (in a manner) as before those fiue and twentie also vnawares are assembled and gathered together, The 25. reduced to nine.and then the Councell being dismissed, nine of them are by the same sort of lottery as before, elected, the rest do go their wayes. These nine elect fortie fiue other citizens, but no one of them, vnlesse he haue 6. of The nine do elect 45.the nine suffrages, which in the councell in like manner againe assembled are pronounced of the Secretarie, [Page 56] The 45. reduced to 11. and so put into the closet. These by the like manner of The 11. doe elect 41. who haue authoritie to choose the Duke.lottery are reduced vnto eleuen, who doe chuse one & fortie of the chiefe and noblest Senators, who so soone as they are pronounced, doe presently withdraw themselues into a seuerall appointed roome: and these haue authoritie to elect the Duke: but so that there may not be by any meanes two of a kindred in the number of electors, which is among the Venetians a perpetuall custome in all their offices.
Our ancestors (being men most wise and vertuous) The cause of this intricate proceeding in the Dukes election.made choise of this strange and intricate proceeding, to the ende the whole multitude might seeme to haue a part in this creation & election of their prince. For the electors of the first order are made by lotte, of which all the citizens are capable: next which they mingled election, but in sort that election should exceede the lotterie: because no man may receiue any fauour by the benefite of lottes, vnlesse the same bee allowed and approued of the first order: but in the next order they would not that chaunce or lot should haue any force at all: because they thought it vnfit and full of inconueniences, to commit the choice of those that were to be electors of their prince, to the temerity and arbiterment of fortune: in sort that neyther is the multitude wholly depriued of this authority, neyther yet is the same committed to the wauering witte of the inconsiderate people, among whom commonly a vaine opinion and vngrounded fauour may doe more, then a setled iudgement of those that are wise and vertuous. Besides, the not knowing who they are that are to be electors of the prince, but the determination of the whole depending vpon those that are fortunate in their lottes: all aspiring [Page 57] pretensions and ambitions, are thereby clearely cut off and taken away: because it may easily come to passe, that those with whom there is any practise entertained, shall not haue any authoritie at all. But to returne to the matter: the manner of the sessions being in this sort accomplished, the one and fortie electors of the prince, immediately vpon their election, without saluting or speaking to any man doe go into that Court, in which the senate is accustomed to assemble, where hearing diuine seruice, which is celebrated with great solemnity & deuotion, laying their handes vpon the aultar, they do promise with oath to God, and to the commonwealth, that they will chuse him for their Duke, whome they shall esteeme to bee worthiest and of best desert, as well in loue towards his countrey, as in piety, carefulnesse and prudence, and then the priestes departing, they onely are enclosed & lockt within the Court alone, without so much as a seruant suffred to be among them. Then three of the eldest do sit down by at a certain table fitted for that purpose, vpon the which there standeth a pot, and euery elector writeth in a little scrol the name of him whom he thinketh fitte to bee created Duke, which scrolles being first all well medled together, are put into the potte, of which one is taken out, such as shall by chance come into the hand of him that taketh it forth. The scroll being read, hee whose name is therein contayned, if he bee present (as for the most parte it happeneth) goeth presently out of the Court. Then if any shall thinke him to be a man vnfit, or vncapable, or vnworthy of so great a dignity, or for any other cause shall not thinke his creation to bee for the [Page 58] good of the commonwealth, he riseth vp, and with an honest modestie speaketh his opinion, declaring the cause why he thinketh it vnmeet that he should be chosen and created Duke: when he hath ended his speech, the partie is called in againe, and the eldest in the company declareth the obiections made against him, alwaies prouided that he neuer nameth the author thereof: for they are all first bound by solemne oath to obserue perpetuall silence. He on the other side excuseth and confuteth (in the best sort he may) the matters alleadged against him. After which hee auoydeth the court againe, & then if the first or any other will charge him a fresh with any other matter, it is in their libertie to doe it: and he againe being called in, hath libertie to aunswere in his iustification, and so till the matter is by turne handled, till his accusers be silent, and haue nothing any farther to vrge against him.
Then at last go they to their lottes: Somewhat before our time if the first had had 25. suffrages in his fauour, then was there no farther reckoning made Andrea Gritti Duke of Venice.of the rest, but he was straight proclaimed for Duke: but in our time in those sessions in which Andrea Gritti (a most honourable Senator) was proclaymed Duke, this custome was altered. For although none bee elected Prince vnlesse he haue fiue and twentie suffrages: yet the matter consisteth not as before it did, in him that first obtayneth that number, but proceedeth still forward to the rest, so that if any go beyond that number; hee then is proclaymed Duke, and not the former. After the lottery is ended concerning him whose name was first drawen, then is there an other scroll taken [Page 59] forth of the pot, and all things concerning the same ordered in euery point as the former: and so the thirde, fourth, & finally all: but if no one of the whole number haue in his fauour the complete summe of those suffrages, then if the day be not too farre spent, the sessions are once againe begun in the same manner as before: and to the end that the expedition should be the greater, it is not lawfull for any of the electors to depart thence, neyther haue they liberty to speake with any stranger, till fiue and twenty of them are agreed in the election of the Duke: whom so soone as they haue named and chosen, the Counsellors are presently called into the court, who first doe with all reuerence and honor salute the new prince. The fame of which presently flyeth through the citie: in euery parte whereof you may behold the citizens making ioy, and throwing vp The solemnities that follow the election of the prince.their prayers to heauen for this prince, that his gouernment may bee fortunate and happie to the commonwealth. All his parents and kinsefolkes come presently vnto the Court, congratulating with him, of this his great honor and dignitie: in meane while the coyners are set a worke to stampe money, with the face & name of the prince, and all thinges busily prepared that the future pompe requireth: in which season the Duke and the Counsellors doe apparell themselues, and being apparelled and in order, doe so discende out of the Court, and go directly vnto the Church of Saint Marke, being neere thereunto adioyning, a church of wonderfull goodlinesse and magnificence, and resplendishing in all sortes and varietie of rich ornaments and pompous architecture. They do first religiously, & [Page 60] with great veneration, adore the mighty name of God, & then do all ascend vp into a high & stately seat, made all of Porphire stone, whence the eldest of the electors maketh a speech vnto the people, wherein he declareth the creation of the newe Duke, vttering withall some few wordes in a modest commendation of him. After whom the Duke also maketh an oration, in which after hauing spoken discreetly a few things concerning himselfe: hee there promiseth and voweth to obserue all such things as shal become a vertuous prince, with greater care of the good of the commonwealth, then of any his owne priuate commodity: chiefly that he will beare himselfe in matter of iustice most holily and strictly, with endeuour that equall right may be administred to all men, that hee will not spare his priuate substance, his labour, no nor his life: if by any incommodity of his the estate of the commonwealth might bee assisted or remedied. Finally, he humbly prayeth vnto God, vnto S. Marke (vnder whose patronage the Citie of Venice is) and to all the Saints, that they will be all fauourable and helpefull vnto him in the well discharging of this great and honourable office. His wordes are receiued of the people with a great applause: And at the ende therof they do all discend from off the high seat or scaffold, and do place the Duke before the high altar, where laying his hand vpon the Gospell, he doth binde himselfe by solemne oth to God & to his commonwealth, that he will not omit the performance of any such thing as the Duke of Venice is bound vnto by the lawes. This being done, the Electors (that hitherto remained with the Duke doe all depart, he mounteth vp into a pulpit [Page 61] of wood, taking with him one of his kinsemen, such as ofall other he holdeth deerest: which pulpit the mariners, such as are best esteemed, doe take vppon their shoulders, and with a great shoute and ioy doe carry the Duke sitting therein throughout the whole place of S. Marke, who from out the pulpit throweth money coined in his owne name round about him. There is no certaine summe herein limited, but euen according as the substance of the Duke may beare, the same being wholly referred to his disposition and pleasure: but once, the people be not negligent in gathering it vppe. At length hauing gone about the place, when they come before the staires of the princes pallace, they there stay the pulpit, and the prince descendeth out. The apparell which the Duke weareth, and likewise a siluer potte, in which the money so throwen about among the people was kept, belongeth by an auncient custome vnto the mariners, that did so beare the Duke vpon their shoulders. The Duke mounting vp the degrees of the pallace, is there receiued of the Counsellors, and there by them crowned with the foresaid Miter, which is as it were the Dyadem or ornament of the Prince. This is the order of the whole pompe. The day following the Senate is assembled in the Court, and the Duke maketh an oration, giuing thankes to God, & to the fathers for this aduancement and honour which he had receiued, promising withall, that his diligence & trauaile shal neuer be spared for the commonwealths commodity. The like oration hee maketh before the whole assembly of citizens in the first sessions that is held after his creation.
Hauing now sufficiently spoken of the Duke or prince [Page 62] of our commonwealth, it remaining that briefly wee speake somewhat concerning the Counsellors, to the end that you may vnderstand what their authority is, and how farre it extendeth.
There are alwaies (as I said before) sixe Counsellors The office & authority of the 6. Counsellors.present by the princes side, out of euery quarter of the citie one: for the whole citie is diuided into sixe quarters or tribes: three of the which are on this side of the great channell, which diuideth the citie, and three on the other: out of each of these quarters is chosen one counsellor in the sessions, according to the manner before expressed in the choyce of other magistrates. Their office continueth onely eight monethes, in which iointly with the Prince they take care of all such affaires as pertain to the commonwealth. But the whole maner & handling of the sessions, an auncient ordinance passeth chiefly through their hands. Likewise if report is to be made vnto the great councell of any matter, and by authority therof to be confirmed, they are to make report thereof, as those to whose authority that right only belongeth, yet somtimes the Presidents of the 40. are adioyned to thē, who otherwise were insufficient & without power to make report ouer to the councell. No other magistrate (the Duke onely alwaies excepted) hath this authority. They may likewise (if it please thē) make report of any thing to the Senate or the tenne men: but the charge of assembling the Senate, and reporting to the same chiefly belongeth to the Preconsultors, like as the office of the Presidentes of the tenne is to assemble the tenne, & to make report vnto them: the manner of which shall hereafter be more largely handled. But the Councellors are endued with greater priuiledge, as [Page 63] those that haue in the senate equall authority with the Preconsultors, and in the courtes of the tenne men, with the presidentes of that Court: for the space of eyght monthes they are alwaies present with the Duke: and do exercise these offices of which I haue made mention. But foure monthes they are present or rather Presidentes of the fortie men, who haue the handling of waightie and capitall matters, which are by their iudgement decided & determined of, as shall hereafter more plainly be declared. Now seeing that which concernes the great councell, which representeth in this commonwealth popular estate, and that likewise of the prince, which beareth the person of a king, is handled of vs, though vneloquently, yet faithfully, & with diligence, the vndertaken worke seemeth to require at my hands, that I should likewise speake of the other partes & branches of this gouernment, which in seeming doe represent the rule & gouernment of the nobles and best citizens, seeing that especially the same doth in the city of Venice excell the rest: as in the following volume I will by Gods help, make manifest and plaine.
The third Booke of the Magistrates and Commonwealth of the Venetians.
EVery institution and gouernment of man, the neerer it aspireth to the praise of perfection and goodnesse, the nearer shold it imitate nature, the best mother of all thinges: for so hath she disposed the order of the whole world, that those things which are deuoide of sence and vnderstanding, shoulde bee ruled and gouerned by those that haue sence and knowledge: and therefore in this assemblie of men, (which of vs is called Citie) olde men ought to bee preferred before the younger fort, as those that are lesse subiect to the perturbations of the minde, and withall hauing beene of longer life, must needes be of greater experience in the affaires of the world. Therefore Aristotle in his Politiques most wisely saith, that in euery commonwealth which wold emulate and follow the wisedome & policie of nature, olde men should be placed at the helme, and the office of the young men should bee to obey and to execute those thinges, which the olde men should commande them. Neither can the young men, seeing this institution is nearest vnto Nature, by any meanes finde fault [Page 65] or repine at the gouernment of olde men, or stirre vppe therefore any sedition in the commonwealth: seeing that in this difference which age onely maketh, enuie hath no place, neyther may there iustly bee any complaint, so long as the young men shall assuredly hope to receiue the like obedience in their age, of the following younger sort: which opinion of Aristotle is allowed of all commonwealthes that euer were of any fame, who alwaies preferred the counsell of the elder sort, as The name of senate deriued from Senes signifieth olde men.well in the gouernment of their Cittie, as in the administration of their other publike affaires, neither is the name of senate from else where deriued, then from old men, who in the Latine tong are called Senes. I woulde alleadge heere the commonwealth of the Romaines, of the Athenians, of the Carthaginians, of the Lacedemonians, besides the lawes of sundry other cities, but that the matter is of it selfe so manifest, that it standeth not in need of any such proofe.
With this reason therefore was the Senate ordayned and established in this commonwealth of ours, & likewise the councell of the tenne, who in the cittie of Venice in whose commonwealth (as I said) there is a mixture of the three gouernments royall, popular, & noble, do represent the state of the nobilitie, & are (as it were) the meane or middle, which reconcileth and bindeth together the two extreames, that is, the popular estate represented in the great councell, & the prince bearing a shew of royaltie. So saith Plato are the extreame elementes, the earth and the fire, ioyned and bound together with the middle elementes, as in a well tuned dyapason the extreame voyces are concorded together by the middle tunes of the Dyatessaron and Diapente.
[Page 66] The number of right and lawfull senators are 120. To go forward therefore with my purpose, the senate of Venice hath a hundred and twenty lawfull senators, besides many other magistrates that do also obtaine the priuiledge and right of Senators, so that now in this time of ours there are aboue two hundred and twentie that haue the authority of vsing their suffrages in the senate. The lawfull Senators are euery yeare created by that assembly of citizens, which (as I haue often repeated) is tearmed the great Councell: Neyther hath this honour any vacation, as the other magistrates haue, but they may if their lot fall out, and that the great councell bee therewith pleased (which for the most parte happeneth) continue euery yeare in that office. The manner and meane of their election is of vs before declared, when wee expressed the forme of the whole sessions. There are in the monthes of August and September in euery session sixe Senators elected: which session being in those sessions tenne times remoued, make vp the number of threescore elected Senators, the other threescore are ioyned, or (as it were) ascribed to the former, and they all are chosen together at certain particular sessions. For vpon the nine & twentieth day of September, the senate doth assemble, & then euery senator and other that hath authority of suffrages, nameth a citizen in the Senate. And the next day early at three a clocke in the morning, the whole number of citizens commeth into the session house, and then the names being rehearsed by the Secretary of all those citizens, who the day before were named of the Senators, the names of all are put into a potte, and afterwardes taken out by chaunce. By and by they go to their lottes, of which threescore of those that shall haue most lottes in [Page 67] their fauour (so that they exceed not the halfe) are that yeare ascribed in the number of Senators, but yet in that sort that there may not bee in that last number aboue two of a kindred: so that in the whole number of lawfull Senators, there cannot in all be aboue three of a kindred, which ordinance seemeth to haue beene established with exceeding wisedome in behalfe of the commonwealth: considering that there cannot happen to a commonwealth a more daungerous or pestilent contagion, then the ouerweighing of one parte or faction aboue the other: for where the ballance of iustice standeth not euen, it is vnpossible that there should bee a friendly societie and firme agreement among the citizens: which alwaies happeneth where many offices of the commonwealth meete together in one. For as euery mixture dissolueth, if any one of the elementes (of which the mixed body consisteth) ouercome the other: and as in musicke the tune is marred where one string keepeth a greater noyse then hee shoulde doe: so by the like reason, if you will haue your commonwealth perfect and enduring, let not one parte bee mightier then the other, but let them all (in as much as may bee) haue equall share in the publique authoritie. With excellent wisedome and prouidence therefore did our auncestors cause this to bee established as a perpetuall law and decree in our commonwealth, that not onely in the senate, but also in all other offices there shoulde not bee any more of one kindred or allyance, then the preseruation of equalitie required. Neyther seemeth the order of electing the Senate inuented with lesse forecast and prudence, which is that threescore citizens should bee [Page 68] chosen, according to the accustomed vse of the sessions, chaunce, election and iudgement, being therein mingled altogether, but that the choyce of the other threescore should bee after another sorte, such as you haue heard, wherein chaunce hath no force at all: for if in them all chance should haue borne sway, it might easily haue happened, that the principall citizens might haue beene left out, to the great preiudice of the commonwealth. They ordayned therefore that there shoulde yearely be chosen threescore fathers, not by casualty of The last 60. senators which are elected are called adiunctes.lottes, but by soundnesse of iudgement. So you see that the Senate first consisteth of a hundred and twenty, of which threescore are by their proper tearme, called Senators, the rest, Adiuncts: in the session of whose choice, there is commonly a whole day passed ouer. Now besides this hundred and twenty lawfull Senators, those of the councell of tenne haue in the Senate equall authoritie with the Senators, as also beside the Duke and the other councellors, the councell of the fortie haue the like, the iudges of capitall & waighty crimes, the maisters ouer the salt and corne, and the procurers of S. Marke, besides many others: so that in our time their number exceedeth two hundred & twenty, who in their offices haue all the power and authority of Senators. The whole manner of the commonwealths gouernment belongeth to the senate. That which the senate determineth is held for ratified and inuiolable. By The great authority & power of the senate.their authority and aduise is peace confirmed and war denounced. The whole rents and receipts of the comcomwealth are at their appointment collected and gathered in, and likewise laid out againe and defrayed. If there be any new taxations or subsidies to be laid vpon [Page 69] the citizens, they are imposed, & likewise leuied by the Senates decree. And if at any time it shall seeme necessary for the good of the commonwealth, to create a new officer or magistrate vpon any sodaine vrgent occasion, he is by the senate elected. Besides, the senate by a perpetuall prerogatiue, hath authority to chuse such Embassadors as are to bee sent to forraine princes, and likewise to create the colledge of those, whose office is to assemble the senate, and to report vnto them. Those are of Aristotle tearmed Praeconsultores, but wee Preconsultors or Sages.honouring them with a prouder title, do call them Sages, which name wee must in this discourse often vse, least otherwise I shoulde seeme to mislike of our common phrase of speaking. Neuerthelesse these sessions of the senate, in which both the Ambassadors and the Sages are elected, stand nothing so much in the arbiterment of chaunce, as those before described, that is to say, the great councels, wherein the whole number of the citizens is assembled & gathered together: for euery one of the senators nameth one whom hee thinketh good, and then go to their suffrages, of which whosoeuer shall haue more then the rest, prouided alwayes, that he haue about the halfe of the whole number on his side, is presently ratified and chosen, And if at any time the seruice & necessary occasion of the commonwealth seeme to require the employment of some one in an office, which they thinke he would be vnwilling to accept, then doth euery one of the senators secretly in a little scrol note the name of him whom he thinketh fit for the charge, putting the same into a pot prouided ready for the purpose, after which the Secretary taketh those scrolles out, and readeth them all openly: & then [Page 70] againe they go for euery one of those to their lottes, of which on whomsoeuer the greatest part doth fal, is presently pronounced chosen: prouided alwaies that hee haue more then halfe of the whole number. This manner of writing in scrolles was inuented, least otherwise some might refrain from naming him whom they thought fitte for gouernment and discharge of that office: least in regarde of his vnwillingnesse to accept it, they might thereby incurre his displeasure & euill will, whereby through a priuate regard the common good might receiue preiudice.
The manner which the Senate vseth in their consultations and decrees. Now it remaineth that we declare the manner that the Senate vseth in determining, decreeing, and consulting vpon those thinges which are to bee done: and in what sort the decrees of the Senate were wont to be executed.
Sixteene Sages elected. Our elders were not ignorant, that if euery Senator should confusedly make report vnto the Senate, & then deliuer his opinion without limitation or restriction of that office to some particulars: there must of necessity follow a great trouble and intricatenesse in the Senate. Besides, it is by experience approoued, that the thing which dependeth generally alike vpon the care of all, is generally alike in a manner of all neglected.
Therefore it was by our lawes ordained, that there shoulde bee chosen sixteene citizens out of the senate, which in respect of their farther knowledge and sufficiency aboue the rest, are of the common sort called Sages, we imitating Aristotle (in regarde that they are to consult afore hand among themselues & then to councell the senate in those thinges that are to be handled) may well call them Preconsultors. These haue authority to [Page 71] assemble the senate, and to make relation of each matter vnto them. This magistrate doeth not continue in The Sages diuided into three sorts or orders.office any longer then sixe monthes. But now these Sages are diuided into three sortes, of great difference and diuersity the one from the other: for in the first are sixe senators of the most noble and citizens, excelling the rest as well in dignity and estimation, as in prudent grauity and profoundnesse of knowledge. Their office principally is, that in waighty and important causes concerning the state of the commonwealth as well in matter of warres, as in thinges of peace, they are first among themselues to hold a long and deliberate consultation, and then to giue ouer their councell and opinion to the senate. In the second sort or order are onely fiue, who though they haue equall authoritie with the other, in making report of all thinges to the senate, yet are they of farre lesse estimation and dignity. To them chiefly belongeth the care of the soldiers that are by the commonwealth entertayned in pay, and are vnder the gouernment of the Generall of the Venetian forces. Of the third order there are also fiue to whom the charge of all sea matters is committed, of which onely and of nothing els they haue authority to make report vnto the senate. This office was held of our ancestors in great reputation, during the while that our commonwealth did flourish & was famous in matters of nauigation: but when once our minds were bent to the enlarging of our limites, and to the greatnesse of rule by lande: then beganne our seafaring matters to decline, and with them the reputation of this office, so that in this age of ours, young men and some in a manner beardlesse are admitted thereunto. These sixteene citizens [Page 72] therefore, whose assembly among the Venetians by proper terme called, the Colledge, doe early in the morning meet together with the prince and the counsellors, & first they spend the day till it be three a clocke, in giuing audience to priuate sutors, that haue any cause eyther with the commonwealth or with any particular magistrate, whose suits and causes they do there altogether determine and end, vnlesse the matter bee of such importance, that it behooueth them to make report thereof vnto the senate.
After three a clocke all priuate men are dismissed out of the court, & presently all such letters as are sent vnto the senate are read by one of the secretaries that belongeth to the state: after which the Sages or Preconsultors do withdraw themselues apart into a Conclaue or councell chamber, there to consult of publike busines, vnlesse they be detayned by the Ambassadors of some Prince, that desireth audience of the Duke & the Colledge, or by some other businesse of great and waighty moment.
After that they are withdrawen & placed euery one in his seate: he which there presideth (which prerogatiue each of them inioyeth seuen dayes together, one after the other as his turne comes about) propoundeth that cause or matter, which they are in councell to debate of. Then he demandeth of euery one his opinion, yet obseruing such order, that those of the first sort, as they are noblest in degree, so they bee first intreated to speake their aduise, and after them the other fiue, whom wee placed in the second ranke or order. Lastly if the question concerne any sea matters, the five of the last order, who haue charge therof are asked their opinion. [Page 73] But if the matter propounded doe not pertaine to sea businesse, they are to holde their peace. In each ranke or order hee alwayes first speaketh his aduise, that had the Presidencie the last seuen daies, and then next vnto him the eldest of the company, and after him the rest accordingly vnto their age. Lastly of all, he which did propound the matter, & sitteth during those seuen daies as President and chiefe, vttereth his conceipt. The matter being at length well disputed of among them: whether they be all of one opinion or diuided into sundry (as the dispositions of men are different and diuers) they go first to the prince & councel, before they assemble the senate: & there do repeate the seuerall opinions of all, to which if the prince or any of the counsellors doe seeme to leane or giue his assent, or shall otherwise of himselfe yeeld any other different reason, the matter is then once againe debated of among them, and finally euery mans opinion put in writing, which belongeth to those to doe that are secretaries of this three seuerall orders. The businesse then being well debated of, that is to be determined by authority of the Senate, the Senate is assembled.
When the senators are come into the Court, first all such letters as are of moment, and were deliuered to the Duke and Sages since the dismissing of the last Senate, are there recited. Then are the opinions of the Sages repeated concerning those matters that were in their Colledge debated, whether they were all of one mind or of sundry, euen in a manner in the same sort, as the requestes of the people, of which Plato speaketh, were wont to be among the Athenians. But none other besides those, who (as I told you) are of the Venetians [Page 74] called Sages, hath power or authority to make report vnto the senate, and then to confirme & establish his opinion by authority of that order: alwaies I accept the Duke, the counsellors and the Presidents of the forty, of whom I will at large declare, and speake more hereafter.
The opinions of all being read and perused in the senate, he that is for that weeke president of the first order of Sages, ariseth if he so thinke good: if not the eldest or els any of the other, to whom being desirous to speake, the rest are contented to giue place, and from a seate or scaffold made of purpose somewhat higher then the rest, hee maketh his oration to the senate: alleadging such reasons as hee thinketh meetest to confirme his opinion, and to refute that which is maintayned to the contrary, yet modestly, and with grauity, as it beseemeth a senate of so honourable a degree and order. After that he hath ended, another of the Sages that differeth from his opinion, ariseth, fortifying his owne aduise with the best reasons hee can yeelde, and refelling the former, and likewise the rest, if there bee any more that doe disagree from his. Then the third, (if there bee so many diuersities of censures among them) standeth vp, by proofes and argumentes endeuouring to maintayne and confirme that which he thinketh meete and conuenient: and so by course still is the matter pleaded and argued among them, till there remaine not any one more that will speake: as for the Senators no one of them may speake, till the Sages that will take the matter vpon them, haue made an ende: but when they haue with reasons, argumentes and proofes contended and throughly debated [Page 75] the matter of each side as much as shall seeme good vnto them, then haue the other Senators also libertie to speake: of which if any will gainesay or confirme any of the former opinions, or alleadge any new of his owne, he may freely do it at his pleasure: though as for the opinion of which himselfe shall bee author and inuentor, he may not himselfe make report thereof vnto the Senate: but if it shalbe thought good and profitable for the commonwealth, then commonly one of the Colledge, or a counsellor, or the President of the forty relateth the same vnto the Senate. By which means the matter being at length wel & throughly sifted and discussed: then doth the senate determine by the suffrages of those that are of that order, whether of the opinions is to be allowed: yet do they not with words or signes confirme or refute that opinion, as we reade the auncient Romaines did, neyther do they speake it publikely for euery one to heare: but their manner is to decide it with pots and suffrages, not much vnlike the order I told you was obserued in the Sessions.
The secretaries of the senate bring forth as many pottes as there are opinions concerning the matter debated of, and one besides which is greene, into which are put the lottes of all those that do dislike that aduice and counsell: and another redde, which receiueth the balles of those Senators, that remaine doubtfull to whether opinion they shoulde encline. The other Senators euery one putteth his ball into his pot whose opinion he liketh and esteemeth aboue the rest: if hee like none at all then he putteth it into the greene potte, and if hee bee doubtfull, into the redde. The Counsellors do tell the balles, and that opinion is held [Page 76] for ratification and decreed, which shall haue in fauour thereof the balles of halfe the senators, which number if none of them attaine vnto: then first, that opinion which is fauoured with fewest balles, is quite reiected, & for the rest they go to their lots againe: and so in that maner stil reiecting that which hath fewest bals, the controuersie is at length brought onely betweene two, of which the one must of necessity haue aboue halfe the suffrages, and then the same is by the decree of the senate authorized and allowed. One matter being dispatched, they beginne with another (vnlesse it bee too late in the day) alwaies obseruing the same manner as is aforesaid.
The manner of giuing audience & dispatching Ambassadors. If there come an Ambassador from any prince to the commonwealth of Venice, he is receyued of the Duke, the counsellors and the whole colledge, and doth before them expresse his ambassage: which being hearde, they do for that time dismisse him, demanding space to consult vpon the matter, which hauing done in sort & forme as you haue heard, they then demand the opinion of the Senate. To which the Duke first declareth the effect of the Ambassadors demande, and then the opinions are read of all those that haue authoritie to make report to the senate, & finally in manner as before. The senate determineth what aunswere shall bee made vnto the Ambassadors demand: who being called in, a Secretary readeth vnto him the decree of the Senate, vpon which hee is dismissed. This is in effect the whole summe, manner, and forme that the Senate vseth in The councel or colledge of the tenne.their consultations, decrees and councels: and therefore now I thinke it requisite in this place to say somewhat of the councell of the tenne, of which you haue [Page 77] often heard me make mention. This councell or Colledge of the tenne is among the Venetians of great and eminent authority, and of which any man may boldly say, that the whole safetie of the commonwealth dependeth. I will therefore touch the beginning and originall thereof, to the ende that the whole manner and course of the same may be the easilyer conceyued. Our elders did with a maruellous & in manner diuine prouidence foresee, that as in mans bodie, through the corruption and putrefaction of one humor, many & most daungerous diseases doe commonly happen, which growe in time to bee the causes of death: so also in a commonwealth there are sometime wicked and disloiall citizens, that are causes thereunto of great troubles and calamities, whiles they aspire rather to the pride of a wicked and vniust commandement, then to the praise of an honest and quiet obedience: carried away in those damnable endeuors eyther with ambition, and desire of rule, or oppressed with intollerable debt, or otherwise hauing committed some haynous wickednes or crime, for which they stand in doubt of punishment: such as we reade was in Rome, Cateline, Silla, Marius, and finally Iulius Caesar, who hauing by tyranny gotten the commonwealth, did (in a manner) bring it to vtter desolation and ruine. The like we reade of sundry commonwealthes Sundry great and famous commonwealths ouerthrowen by the infidelity & ambition of some their priuate citizens.of the Greekes, yea and those sometimes famous and of great glory, which by the vndermining ambition and treachery of some their wicked and vnfaithfull citizens, were brought into seruitude and bondage. But in these times of ours Italy it selfe hath yeelded vs sufficient examples, all the cities whereof (in a manner) that were eyther gouerned by the people, or [Page 78] by the nobility, being brought vnder the yoke or tirany of someone of their citizens. For which cause our prudent elders laboured to establish this commonwealth of ours in all perfection and beauty, and to strengthen the same with such & so holesome lawes, that it might as much as in mans wisedome lyeth, preuent the inconuenience of so monstrous and miserable a fall: for they Nothing more to be feared then intestine broiles and cauil dissentiō.imagined that there was not any thing so much to bee doubted and feared, as an intestine enemy, or ciuill strife & sedition among the citizens. Calling therefore to minde, that among the Lacedemonians the Ephores were mighty and of great authority, and among the Athenians the Areopagites, and so likewise among the Romaines the Decemuiri or tenne men, insomuch The cause of the creation of ten in the city of Venice.that they made lawes: they thought it not amisse by imitation of their example, though in an vnlike cause, to create in this our citie some magistrate of authority and power, whose office aboue all other things should be, to haue especiall care to see that among the citizens should not arise any strife or dissention, whereby there might ensue any scandall or vprore: and to preuent factions, or the attemptes of any wicked citizen that shoulde conspire against the liberty of the commonwealth: of which sort of mischiefe if there should by euill destiny, any creepe into the commonwealth, they then to haue absolute authority to punish and chasten the same, least otherwise the commonwealth might thereby receiue harme.
But so great an authority and puissance coulde not haue beene committed to few without danger, neither if to many, woulde it then haue been formidable: therefore to auoide the one and the other inconuenience, [Page 79] they ordayned and established this Colledge of tenne. They continue in this office a yeare, and haue adioyned vnto them the Duke and the sixe Counsellors, so that the whole Colledge commeth to make vp the iust number of seuenteene citizens, to whome this great power and authoritie is giuen. Of these tenne there are three euery month chosen and elected by lotte, who are Presidentes of the Colledge, and The heads of the Tenne.by common phrase of speech called the heades of the tenne, and they haue authority to assemble the whole Colledge of the tenne, and to make report vnto them. They haue aparte by themselues a chamber, wherein they assemble when they sitte in councell. They haue also vnder them priuate and particular officers, as Porters, Vshers, and certayne that are allowed for their garde. So that there is not any other Tribunall of magistrates gone vnto with greater obseruaunce and ceremonie. Thither resort allthose that haue any thing to do in their Colledge. They likewise reade all letters written to the Colledge, and make report of them to the same, for doing of the which with the greater sufficiency, one of those Presidents alone by himselfe hath not authority to make report, but they must bee eyther two to make reporte of the same matter, or els foure Councellors. For the same cause also and to auoide the rashnesse and temeritie that some fewe of them might otherwise vse in alteration of any thing, it is ordayned, that if they will cancell or vndoe any thing that is already established and fully confirmed, they must at least haue the Suffrages of two partes of the Colledge, for confirmation of that which they [Page 80] shall doe, which otherwise is helde to bee voide and of no effect. They haue also an order that the offendor is The offender neuer suffred to come into the Colledge, not any friend or Lawyer to plead for him.neuer suffred to come into the colledge, when they are to giue iudgement of him, nor any friend, kinseman, or Lawyer for him to pleade his cause: which priuiledge is granted to offendors in any other court whatsoeuer, where their cause is handled. The manner vsed in their iudgements is in this sort: The offendor is examined of the Presidents of the colledge, and his confession written, & then the matter is reported to the Colledge, the presidents of which & the other Iudges that are present do plead as well in the behalf of the accuser as of the offendor neuer determining of any great matter, but with an exceeding moderation of iudgement. In the beginning the charge onely of preuenting and remedying all such things as any way should offend the ciuil agreement of the commonwealth, was committed to the care of the tenne. But afterwardes certaine other grieuous & enormous offences, as making of false money, sodomie, and such like were also brought vnder the seuerity and censure of this sharpe and stricte manner of iudgement. And in these times of ours this authority of the tenne hath yet much more enlarged his bounds: for they haue power giuen them to set amercements vpon sundry offences, and to punish those that shall blaspheme the name of God, or of the blessed Virgine: and it is likewise or dayned, that whatsoeuer secrete matters that should concerne the state of the commonwealth any way: that such (I say) should bee brought and disclosed vnto them: who neuerthelesse do not determine any thing of great moment without the opinion of the [Page 81] Senate. To the end therefore that a few citizens should not alone haue such successiue authority in so waighty affaires, there are called and admitted into this colledge the Sages of the first and seconde order: likewise the Fifteen senators ascribed to the colledge of the ten, who are called Adiunctes.Aduocators and procurers of S. Marke, whose office is held in great estimation and reuerence. There are besides fifteene Senators ascribed to this Colledge, who are called Adiunctes, but all these here rehearsed haue not the priuiledge of suffrage, but onely the seuenteen first, and these fifteene Adiunctes: so that the whole number of those that haue authority of suffrage are two & thirty. The rest are depriued of this power and priuiledge, though otherwise they be present at all their businesse. The fifteene Adiunctes were not accustomed to be elected neyther of the Senate, neyther of the sessions of the great Councell, but the tenne men did of themselues make choyce of fifteene such Senators as they best liked for their assistantes and companions: though now the same is altered, and the fifteene are chosen by the sessions of the great Councell, as the other magistrates are. That there hath great vtilitie redounded to the commonwealth of Venice through this councell & Colledge of tenne: experience it selfe hath made most manifest & plaine. For two hundred & ten yeares since Marino Phalerio that then was Duke, hauing turned all his thoughtes to tiranny and vsurpation, was likely to haue giuen a great & deadly blow to the liberty Marino Phalerio Duke of Venice, publikely beheaded.of our commonwealth, if by the graue authority & wisedome of the tenne, he had not beene oppressed & put downe, and receiued the rewarde of his impiety & wickednesse: for by their iudgement and sentence, hee had his head publiquely stricken off, and with him sundry [Page 82] other citizens of great nobility, that together with him had conspired the ruine of their countries libertie, and besides his memory was deliuered to posterity with an eternall blot of dishonour and infamy: For in those places where the pictures of our princes are curiously set forth and painted, with Epitaphes and remembraunces of those vertuous deedes, which they haue done in the behalfe and seruice of their countrey, the seate of Marino Phalerio is left bare without any picture at all, saue onely a few verses, signifying vnto the reader, that this Duke was for his offences (because I will not vary the wordes as they stand written) stricken with the axe: a conspiracie without doubt of passing wickednesse, and exceeding daunger, in apparance not vnlikely to haue wrought the vtter ouerthrow of the commonwealth, if by the authority of the colledge of ten, the same had not beene presently extinguished. Likewise sundry other citizens, that being tickled with this rumor of ambition, had published certaine plausible lawes, to draw vnto them the good willes of the people, were ouertaken by the authority of this colledge, & presently cut off: whereby it is come to passe, that through the power of this Colledge alwaies assisted by the goodnesse of God, no such pernicious infection hath as yet beene able to eate into our commonwealth. Thus the principal partes of our commonwealthes are by vs already expressed, but now to the end that our vndertaken work may be in euery part perfect and accomplished, we will speake somewhat of the remaining magistrates, as well those, to whose handes is committed the administration of iustice, as those that haue the handling & ordering of the publike [Page 83] rents, and withall of the manner of gouerning those cities that are vnder the Venetian commonwealth, as also of their captaines, nauies & armies, both by sea and by land. Lastly I will make mention of certaine statutes & ordinances, by which the danger of the common peoples mislike, in that they also haue not part in gouerning the commonwealth is cleerly auoided, with their great satisfaction and contentment: I will likewise shew, that the training and exercising the youthes to the exercises of warre is not in the Citie neglected, as some suppose. But before I proceed farther to these particular demonstrations, I thinke it not beside the purpose to aduertise the reader, that in this manner of the Senates consultation, of which I haue spoken, and likewise in that of the Colledge of Tenne, there doth plainely appeare a certain mixture of the lawes of a popular state, with the gouernment of a nobilitie. For whereas the senate cannot deliberate of any thing if first report therof be not made vnto them of the Sages, therein appeareth a state of nobilitie: but that the Sages haue not any power, vnlesse they consult with the Senate, and haue by authority thereof, their opinions confirmed, tasteth altogether of a popular gouernment, so that this iust mixture & temperature, which maketh the perfect measures and meanes of gouernment to be vnited in the true forme and shape of a commonwealth, is founde not onely in the whole body together, but also in euery parte and particular member of this our commonwealth. But returning whence I digressed: I will first of all handle that part which pertayneth and belongeth vnto Iustice.
All right & iustice therfore which is wont to be administred [Page 84] of magistrates, is diuided into two parts, for eyther it consisteth in the punishmentes of lewde & wicked men, that shall in any notable sorte trespasse impiously against God, and traiterously against their countrey, or wickedly against any citizen, or member thereof in particular: or els it concerneth the iudgement and determination of litigious controuersies and ciuill causes. Criminall and ciuill iudges.Therefore are there also in Venice two kindes of Iudges, the one seruing for the decision of ciuill causes, the other for the iudgement of capital crimes, of whom we will first speake, and then of the other.
Some offences are esteemed to be small and light, in regard of the proper nature of the offence, or els of the condition of him that offended: others are accounted to be more grieuous and of greater importance, eyther through the qualitie of the misdeede it selfe, or els through the nobility and degree of him that doth it: whence it commeth that these capitall iudges are also diuided into two: the one for matters of great moment and grieuous enormity: the other for crimes lesse haynous and of smaller waight: which diuision of iudgements as it was first ordained with an exceeding reason and founde foundation, so hath experience approued it for allowable & of high commendation: we will first speake of the chiefest, and then of the rest.
Besides those offences, which we told you were committed to the censure of the tenne: all other great and waightie crimes, being by the Aduocators reported of, and by the Colledge of fortie well pondered and debated, are wont all to be determined, and punnishment according to the qualitie of the crime to bee inflicted vpon those that shalbe found faulty therein. These forty [Page 85] that haue the examination & handling of waighty criminall causes, are commonly called the xl. criminall Iudges: we will speake of eyther, but we will first begin with the Aduocators.
The office of the Aduocators.The office of the Aduocators was in times passed in great authoritie and maruelous estimation: the duety and function therereof being to defend the lawes pure and inuiolate, without suffring them in any one point The Aduocators in Venice resemble the auncient Tribunes of the Romaine people.ro be blemished, so that their authority and power is much like vnto that of the Tribunes of the Romaine people, but that they were to defend the liberty of the people, and ours onely the force of the lawes: so that in my iudgement they may, and not vnfitly be tearmed the Tribunes of the lawes. But we to auoide all ambiguities, will still retaine the common and accustomed worde: they onely pleaded and made report vnto the people, but ours to the xl. men for small causes, for greater to the Senate, for greatest of all to the greater Councell, if so they shall thinke good: so that in auncient time the anthority of this office was passing honorable. But now since the mightinesse and encreased greatnesse of the Tenne, this office is growen to bee of lesse account, and the estimation thereof much obscured. Neuerthelesse seeing there belongeth to this office so ample an authority of reporting in all causes, but especially the guarding and defending of the lawes: & seeing that those which haue committed any excesse or crime, seeme to haue broken and transgressed the lawes, it seemed good that those offences should in a certaine peculiar sort bee corrected by the censure of the Aduocators, though of themselues they haue not any authority of determining any thing absolutely against [Page 86] the offendors, vnlesse it be in some small causes: the rest are all ordered by the sentence of the Councell.
In this place, I thinke it not from the purpose to explane The manner of capitall iudgements.the manner and meane of capitall iudgements, which are giuen vpon the reporte of the Aduocators, seeing that (vnlesse I be deceyued) the like custome is not any where obserued, withall I shall thereby the better and plainlier make you vnderstand what the authority is of this office of Aduocators.
When any crime or offence is brought before the Aduocators (if the same be thought worthy of their censure) then presently is he, whose name is brought by some one of them (the charge thereof belonging chiefly to three) declared and argued to be guiltie, and then report is thereof made ouer by him that argued him, to what councell himselfe shall best like, though vsually such matters are referred to the colledge of the xl which haue presidence, and authority ouer capitall crimes & iudgements. And there the matter beeing well debated of, the councel determineth, whether the offender shal be put in prison or tortured, or otherwise allowed to defend his cause at libertie, who is either by the decree of the councell presently sent for, or els secretly apprehended by the Officers and Sergeantes that attende vpon the Aduocators: and then hee is eyther at libertie, or as a prisoner examined vpon the matter: he maketh his aunswere, and witnesses and proofes are produced on each side, and each particular registred in writing, as well in the behalfe of the offendor, as against him, and a coppie thereof giuen him, and a time of respite appointed him to instruct his Aduocators, & such [Page 87] as hee shall chuse to pleade for him: and they likewise prouide themselues of such proofes and argumentes, as may best serue for his defence, and for the disproofe and confutation of such reasons and testimonies, as shall be vrged against him, and then the matter commeth to the pleading.
I cannot here ouerslip an ancient custome obserued of our forepassed elders euen vnto this age of ours, which is, that if any doe want meanes and abilitie to entertayne an Aduocate or Lawyer to pleade and defende his cause: then are there two Aduocates appointed him at the charge of the commonwealth, to speake and argue in the defence and maintenance of his right. For thereof the lawes haue a speciall regarde, Two aduocates appointed by the commonwealth to defend the cause of those that want meanes & abilitie to entertaine them.that no one doe receiue punishment without being first admitted to say what hee can in iustification of himselfe. But after that due ceremonies are obserued with the offendor, and all respectes and liberties afforded him, that the defence of his cause requireth, the aduocators doe warne the councell, and a day is appointed for the tryall of his cause.
The Councell being assembled, the accusation of the parties that stande vpon their tryall, belongeth to the Aduocators, who are in that behalfe to behaue themselues with great sharpenesse, vehemence and seuerity, euen in as inuectiue a manner (if possible they could attaine and reach thereunto) as that which Cicero vsed against Verres or Antonius, yet so that they refrayne from vnseemely rayling, and do not digresse or wander out of the matter with extremitie of spitefull words. For whosoeuer maliciously raileth, seemeth [Page 88] rather to bewray a mind intemperate and hatefull, then any way to aduaunce the commonwealthes cause. For in this point the matter is farre otherwise among the Venetians, then it was in times passed among the Romaines. Aunciently in Rome any citizen whatsoeuer might impleade another, and with all bitternesse accuse him before the Iudges: but in Venice no priuate man may performe such office, the same by the lawes of the commonwealth belonging to the dignity & magistracie of the Aduocators. In which point mee thinketh our ancestors did rightlier imitate the nature of things, and had therein a more regardfull foresight to maintain the citizens in agreement, then had the Romaines. For seeing that an offence committed is a breach of the lawes, & a scandall to the commenwealth, & the lawes and the commommonwealth are to exact punishment thereof: who can be fitter to require the punishment of him that offendeth, or who ought thereunto to bend greater indeuour, then that Magistrate whose authority, rule & dignity is wholly giuen him to defend the laws? Neyther can any priuate citizen play the part of an accuser, without exceeding enuie and hatred of him whom he shall prosecute, whence easily there might sedition & trouble arise among the citizens, which inconuenience is by vs notably auoyded, by laying this whole charge of accusations vpon a Magistrate, who is not to handle the same according to any priuate or particular dissentious conceipt, but according to the prescript rule and forme of the lawes: so that it hath neuer lightly beene hearde of, that euer any blame was imputed to an Aduocator for vsing vehement inuectiues, or [Page 89] being a sharpe accuser, but rather the greater applause and praise thereby to arise vnto him among all the citizens. But let vs now returne to our before mentioned manner of iudgements.
The Councell being assembled, the Aduocator plaieth the parte of a bitter accuser, strayning the vttermost inuention of his wittes with all vehemence against the offendor, first obiecting vnto him the offence, confirming the same with witnesses, and then strengthening his obiection with probabilities and likelihoodes of coniecture: hauing ended his speech, the aduocate of the offender pleadeth in the Clyentes behalfe: After which if any of the Aduocators will speake afresh, before the Iudges giue sentence, he hath libertie so to do: likewise the Lawyers of the defendant haue leaue to aunswere and to confute, if they can, the opposed arguments. And so of eyther side the cause is debated and tossed to and fro, till eyther the offender or the Aduocator whose turne it is to speake, doth declare that he hath no more to say, which done, the offender and his aduocates are commanded out of the Court, and the Aduocators are shutte into a roome apart with the Iudges and their Secretaries, not any one else being suffred to be there. The Aduocators first doe make a motion vnto the Iudges of punishing the offender, demaunding their opinions whether they thinke him worthy of punishment or no, not naming or appointing any one certayne kinde of punishment, which Two manner of iudgements.custome was (in a manner) obserued by the Athenians: for in Athens the Iudges gaue two sentences, in the first eyther condemning or absoluing the prisoner. If in the first hee were condemned, then was the [Page 90] manner of his punishment determined of in the second, as out of Platoes Apologie of Socrates may plainly bee perceiued, the very like order of iudgement is that in manner which we do vse: first (as I say) the aduocators make a motion vnto the Iudges of punishing the offender. Then the Iudges go vnto their suffrages, for by suffrages among the Venetians all things are determined. Three pots are brought forth, by the one of which the offender is condemned: by the other hee is absolued in maner without any correctiō, & by the third are known the opinion of those, which doe seeme yet to doubt whether course is to be taken: the first of condemnation is white, the second of absolution greene, the third of doubtfulnes redde. Euery of the Iudges, whether the cause be disputed of by the forty (as vsually it is) or els that the senate be consulted with (which seldome happeneth) & that only in great & waighty causes, or whether it be by the aduocators reported ouer to the great councell, which is most seldome, & neuer but in matters exceedingly enormous, to the ende to haue his suffrage vndiscerned, letteth fall into whether of these The manner of the prisoners tryall.three pots he pleaseth a little linnen ball: which being done, the presidents of the councell doe number the balles, and if more then the half be in sauor of the prisoners liberty, he is presently pronounced free, & the request of the aduocators reiected. But if more then the half of those bals, be found in the pot of condemnation, he is presently condemned: if neither of both exceede the half, but that the greater part of the Iudges put their suffrages into the pot of doubtfulnes: then his cause is deferred ouer til another day, & to the better discussion of the Iudges: if he be absolued, he hath no more to do [Page 91] but is presently set at liberty: if his terme be prolonged, then there is a new day appointed both to him and the Iudges for the handling of his cause: the Aduocators accusing him and his Lawyers, as wel as they can, refuting the obiected crimes. After that the matter is debated & pleaded on both sides, the Iudges go to their bals againe, and if then neyther there bee any thing concluded in regard that the greater part of the lots be found in the pot, that agreeth the doubtfulnesse & irresolution of the Iudges, then once againe is the cause put ouer, and a new day appointed both to the prisoner and the Iudges: which being come, and the Iudges casting their lots as before, there is no farther regard helde of those that are doubtfull, insomuch that if the lottes bee not in eyther parte iustly equall, of necessitie the prisoner must bee eyther acquitted or condemned: if hee bee acquitted, hee hath (as I said before) no more to doe: but if he bee condemned, then they are to determine of the manner of his punishment: concerning the which both the Aduocators and the presidents of the Colledges of Iudges doe make motions. Alwaies The office of the Aduocators enclyning more to seuerity thē mercy. The heades of the forty and the counsellors propound lighter penalties.the Aduocators doe propounde that punishment, which to that sorte of offence doth seeme most sharp and grieuous, their office and dutie being more to incline to seuerity then to mercie. The other doe accustome to propounde lighter penalties, vnlesse the fault be so hainous, that there remain no place for pitty, or els that the Aduocators haue vsed greater lenitie then becommeth their place and office. The opinions of all being proposed, the punishment that the prisoner must suffer, is in the very same manner and fashion concluded & determined on (as I told you aboue) that the decrees of the senate are wont to be ratified, when [Page 92] the Sages are of sundry & diuers opinions. The manner of which if I should repeat againe, I should trouble the reader with a needlesse iteration, and perchance be accounted tedious for my labor: Let this suffise, that that opinion of the Iudges is pronounced and executed, which (the other being reiected) hath in fauour thereof more then halfe the suffrages.
No one citizē nor magistrate allowed for an absolute iudge or arbitrator in any thing. Here me thinketh I shall not doe amisse to acquaint you with two statutes wisely enacted by our ancestors.
The first is, that they would not by any meanes, that any citizen, no nor magistrate, should bee an arbitrator without appeale in any thing, but that the supreme right & iudgement of all things shoulde belong to the councels or colledges. And the other no lesse profitable then the former is, that the Iudges should not openly with their tongue pronounce their opinions: but secretly by suffrages, the maner of which you haue heard: either of which in my opinion, grounded vpon exceeding reason: First for so great an authority in determining matters, to haue been cōmitted to one magistrate as it had beene dangerous: so if now the matter fall by chaunce otherwise then well out, the Citie cannot find fault with any particular citizens. And with as great wisedome was it ordained, that iudgementes and decrees should not bee openly with speech pronounced: for the Iudges by this inuention of secret suffrages doe iudge much more freely then they woulde haue done, if they had beene to deliuer their iudgementes with their tongue, in which case sometimes eyther through ambition they wold haue been seduced from iustice, or els feared the offence of their well deseruing friendes, or els doubted the indignation and mislike of some greater person: withal this commodity ther is, that [Page 93] euery Iudge followeth his own iudgemēt, without depending vpon the authority of any other Iudge: which might easily happen, that hee that had before spoken, were, reputed to be graue and wise, which point hath not been omitted of excellent Philosophers: but now seeing the whole manner of iudgementes is of vs expressed: wee will returne to the forty iudges of Capitall causes, of which I had begunne to speake. Their Colledge was instituted of our City, to the ende that the Aduocators making report vnto them of Capitall causes; by their deliberation, wicked men and malefactors might receiue condigne correction & punishment: for vnlesse it be in great and waightie matters, and such as the commonwealthes may bee interessed by the decision of them, the Aduocators doe neuer consult with the Senate, and verie rarely with the great Councell: but all Capitall causes are brought to this Colledge of the forty, whose sentence is helde for ratifyed and firme without admitting any appeale. Their office lasteth eight moneths, after that they haue before spent sixteen moneths in determining of ciuill causes. For there are in the common wealthes of Venice three The office of the forty criminall IudgesCourtes or Colledges, euery one consisting of Forty iudges, two of them are for the iudging and determining of ciuile causes, and the thirde of which wee speake for Capitall: but they are in this sort distributed, that these forty Capitall Iudges, so soone as they haue finished their lymited time of office, do returne priuately into order, and forthwith other forty are chosen into their places by the session of the great Councell, and yet the forty new chosen, doe not presently come to the iudging of Capitall causes, but in place [Page 94] of these former Capitall Iudges, doth the other Colledge of Forty succeede, that did in the meane space of these eight moneths, exercise the iudgemēt of ciuile causes within the City. And againe in their place doth succeede the other Colledge of forty, which also in this eight moneths space, had the handling of ciuil-foreyne causes, and in their place do succeed these last forty newly created, and so by turne they passe from foreyn causes to causes of the city, and lastly to those which are capital, in which iudgements, from one as I say to another they continue two years. These three courts of iudges haue their three peculiar appellations. The first of forreyne causes is called the new Colledge, the second of homeciuil causes, the old, and the third that iudgeth vpon life and death, the criminal Colledge: these last forty, beside the high power of their iudgement in capital offences and crimes are also admitted into the Senate, and haue in that honorable Councell also their authority of sufrages. They haue besides three heads or presidentes of their company, which are euery two monethes chosen new by Lot, and in their turnes they sit with the Duke and Councellers, and haue with them equal authority of making report ouer of whatsoeuer they shal please, eyther to the Senate or to the great Councell, the same neuerthelesse in such manner as I tolde you before: neyther without reason are these forty yonger men mingled with the Senators, which are for the most part olde men in regarde that the heate of their nature maketh a temperature with the others coldnesse, yet are not these young men equall in number to the olde men, but much fewer, onely inough to put some heat into the cold deliberatiōs of the Senate; [Page 95] which somtimes exceeding & in matters of some nature is necessarie. Besides by this grant of Senator like authority to the forty, there may seeme to bee in some forte a communication of the commonwealths gouernmēt, with the lower and meaner sort of citizens, such as for the most part they are that do exercise this office of the forty▪ wherein our auncesters haue seemed to vse & obserue a certaine kinde of popular lawe: for to euery of these three Colledges of forty men there is a certain rated allowance of mony appointed and giuen for euery day that they shall assemble and meete, and therefore very seldome do those that are rich, require this office, and if they should, they would as easily be repulsed. The honor thereof being without difficulty granted to the needier sort, prouided alwaies, that their life beare with it the fame of an honest conuersation: by which meanes the pouerty of meane gentlemen is not only in some sort prouided for, but alsoo the gouernment and administration of the common wealth, is aswell in some sort communicated with the meaner and poorer sorte of Citizens, as with those that are highliest remarkable eyther for riches or nobilitie, which custome hath a reference to the popular estate. By these thinges you may perceiue that there appeareth in eueriy parte of the Venetian common wealth, that moderation, and temperature, which in the beginning of this worke, I tolde you our auncesters did so highly indeuour to establish, which is, that the popular estate should haue an intelligence and mixture with that of the nobilitie, yet the same in that order seasoned, that the parts of the Nobilitie should bee both [Page 96] more in number and mightier in sway.
We haue now in my opinion sufficiently discoursed both of the Aduocators, as also of the forty criminall Iudges▪ who are to that ende instituted, that they should carefully looke into all such offences as are any way notorious, eyther through the qualitie of the offence, or the condition of the offendor: Now the time Two sorts of inferior magistrates.requireth, that we should briefly speake of some inferior magistrates, that haue authority to punish offences of lesse qualitie, and moment, eyther in regarde of the meanes of the faulte it selfe, or the slender regard & quality of the person that commiteth the same. These also are of two sortes, the one hath power of life and death, the other not, their authority stretching no farther then to the punishment of Rogues and Harlots, whome they cause to bee imprisoned or whipt with rods, euery of them according to the proportion of their committed lewdnes. The first magistrate also that hath power to giue sentence of life and death, is likewise deuided into two sortes. For the selfe same Iudges doe not search out and examine and call to tryall the offendor, but the first being the heades of the officers by night doe throughly examine the cause of Officers of night.the offender, and register vp in writing the deposition of the witnesses, & whatsoeuer else the party hath confessed, eyther of his owne accord, or els by the constraint of torture: and then finally represent the whole to the iudges of the Properties. This Magistrate differeth Iudges of the properties.much from the former, and giueth sentence of death, when the cause in handling is capitall. But if it be a lighter offence to bee punished onely with whipping [Page 97] or imprisonment, the captaines of the officers by night, do of themselues dispatch the matter without asking the aduise of the Colledge, eyther for the imprisoning or torturing the offendor, which authority neuer thelesse the office of the Aduocators hath not, but must first acquaint the Colledge and proceede according to the decrees thereof, neither is the same so ordayned without exceeding reason and foundation, for that for euery small matter, and the offence of euery baggage fellow, the Councell should haue been mooued, both the common wealthes should haue beene ouermuch troubled with many impertenent brablers, and also lewd fellowes should haue had a greater scope of liuing licentiously, through the hope of escaping punishmēt. For greater expedition thereof, of these kinds of iudgements, the heads or chieftaines of the officers by night do obtaine that authority, of which the Aduocators are depriued. These officers of the night are six, and six likewise are those meane officers, that haue onely power to correct base vagabonds and tryfeling offences.
Those that do execute this office are called heades of the tribes of the city, because out of euery tribe (for the city is deuided into six tribes) there is elected an officer of the night, and a head of the tribe, which custome also we obserue in the election of our Councellers, as here before I haue expressed.
The duty of eyther of these officers is, to keepe a watch euery other night by turn, within their tribes and now the one and then the other, to make rounds about his quarter, till the dawning of the day, being alwayes guarded and attended on with weaponed officers▪ [Page 98] and serieants, and to see that there be not any disorder done in the darkenes of the night, which alwaies imboldneth men ill disposed to naughtinesse, and that there be not any houses broken vp, nor theeues, nor rogueslurking in corners with intent to do violence.
At the first beginning of the city, eyther of these offices was of great estimation: but since, new Magistrates being added, according to the chaunge of the times, and the occasion of the common wealth: the same is much diminished and of lesser respect, for the chiefe authority being transferred ouer to the new officers, there remaineth onely in their courtes the decision of base and baggage matters, as the suddes or lees of the rest.
Hetherto there is inough saide of those Magistrates that do determine Capitall causes: In the next volume we will speake of ciuile Iudgementes.
The fourth Booke of the Magistrates and commonwealth of Venice.
IT hath beene alwaies a perpetuall continuing custome in the commō The whole high and chief authority of all thinges belonging to the Councels and not to any particular magistrates.wealth of Venice, that no magistrate whatsoeuer should haue in matters of waight and importance, high & chief authority: but that the same shoulde wholy belong to the colledge, or rather vsing the common manner of speech to the Councels, insomuch that in ciuile causes such as In ciuile causes the party preiudiced may after iudgement giuen appeale to the Auditors and to the Colledge of the Forty.shall exceede the summe of fiue and forty crownes, there is not any magistrate from whose iudgement, the party may not appeale to the Auditors of the ciuile causes, and to the colledge of forty, of whome we haue heere aboue made mention.
But to the end that the whole manner of these ciuile iudgements may be made manifest and plaine, wee Two sorts of Auditors the olde and the new.will begin with the Auditors, which are of two sortes, that is to say, the olde and the new, the olde doe deriue their name from the antiquitie of their office, The old Auditors more ancient then the new.and being much more ancient then that of the new, which was altogether vnknowne in this commonwealth, till the same beganne to haue Dominion [Page 100] ouer the maine Lande, many ages after the building of the City. These olde Auditors haue in manner the same authority in determination of ciuile causes, after they are debated of & iudged by the ciuile iudges, as the aduocators haue in all such matters, as any way they shall thinke to be offensiue to the lawes, I meane in receauing of appeales, or making of report ouer.
When therefore by the ciuile Iudges, there is any sentence giuen against any man: it is lawfull for him who receiueth preiudice thereby, to appeale from their indgement to the Auditors, the cause then being brought into their court, and of eyther side pleaded & debated of those betweene whome the controuersie dependeth, if the same exceed not the summe of fiftie crowns, they may of their own authority, so they agree all in one end and determine the same, without the Colledge of the forty: or if they disagree in opinion, then one of them hath authority to make report ouer Three Iudges that haue authoritie to iudge and determine on thinges that are found,to a very small Colledge, where the company of eyther Auditors do note, and likewise three other Iudges, that vsually do sit vpon thinges that are founde: and there these lesser affaires are absolutely determined.
But if the whole cause did amount aboue the rate of the foresaid summe, before our time the matter coulde not haue beene brought into the Colledge of the Forty, vnlesse someone of the Auditors had interposed himselfe, and made reporte of the sentence so giuen by the Iudges, vnto the forty. But in this time of ours there is a Law made, whereby liberty is graunted vnto him against whome the former Iudges haue pronounced sentence, that [Page 101] he may after three monthes (though none of the Auditors intermeddle) call his aduersary a fresh into A law lately made, by which the authority of the Auditors is greatly diminished.question by appeale vnto the Colledge, by whose lawe the authoritie of the Auditors is greatly diminished: yet neuerthelesse is their report of great auaile to the furtherance of the cause, and besides the cutting of the delay of three monthes, seemeth to be as a prerogatiue to the Iudges. Presently vpon the Auditors report the former iudges were before our time summoned into the Colledge of the fortie, and there eyther magistrate admitted to the maintenance of his cause by plea: but now I know not by what negligence by little and little it is brought to passe, that the former Iudges, from whose sentences the appeale is brought, doe neyther pleade, nor bee so much as present at the handling of their cause in the Colledge of the forty: onely being cited by an officer, their answere is, that, that which lawe and iustice is, may go forward.
But this custome that the auditors should first make report vnto the colledge of such causes as were by appeale brought vnto them, and plead in maintenance of them, hauing continued till our time, is now wholly abrogated: and onely the Aduocates of those between whom the controuersie resteth, doe vse that office, in defending the cause of their clientes: whereby it is come to passe, that this office which was before time so honourable, is now become to bee greatly obscured and eclipsed. The iudges of ciuile causes obserue the same order in their iudgements as the criminal iudges.
These fortie Iudges of ciuill causes doe in a manner obserue that order and custome in their iudgementes, as you heard me say before is vsually wont to bee obserued of the forty Iudges of capitall causes: onely this difference [Page 102] there is that in causes wherein the life and estate of any man is called in question, there is no certayne time of speech limited or imposed, whereas in A certaine time of speech limited.ciuile controuersies there is a certaine time appointed, beyond which they may not by any meanes lengthen or extend their plea: that is to say, an houre and a halfe onely to each of them that pleadeth: neyther are there in the decision of these ciuile iudgements many opinions alleadged, out of which the Colledge may conclusiuely chuse one that shalbe best to their liking, as in consultation vpon the punishment of malefactors, (I told you aboue is vsually the custome) but it is onely here debated, whether the sentence giuen by the former Iudges shall be confirmed or abrogated: if any of the Auditors make intercession to that ende, then shall the question be of abrogating and cancelling the same: but otherwise if the matter come vnto the Colledge without the intercession or addresse of any Auditor, then the Presidentes of the Colledge, after the matter is of each side throughly pleaded, doe rather propose the strengthening and confirming of the former iudgement then the disalowance or cancelling thereof. Presently all the sworne Iudges doe prepare Three seuerall pots brought forth, a white, a greene▪ and a redde.themselues and go vnto their suffrages, and three pots likewise are brought forth: in the greene the former iudgement is cancelled: in the white it is approued, and in the thirde which is redde, are the balles of those that doe yet remaine doubtfull, and would haue the matter to bee adiourned and deferred. Nothing is helde for absolute and decreede, vnlesse more then the halfe doe conclude and agree together in one opinion, eyther for the ratifying, or disanulling thereof: [Page 103] of which if the iudges bee not throughly perswaded, so that neyther of both bee decided, the same is then deferred ouer till the next day, and the same ceremonies againe renewed: and if neyther then it bee determined, the Colledge is called agayne the thirde day, and the selfe same proceedinges vsed as before, saue onely that after eyther side hath sufficiently pleaded, and that they go againe to their suffrages, there is no farther reckoning made of those that remayne doubtfull and vnperswaded, so that vnlesse the suffrages bee altogether equall, it is determined, and fully ended one way or other, and the former iudgement Vpon abrogation of the former iudgement the plaintife hath libertie to renue his action.eyther fully confirmed or vtterly abrogated. Neuerthelesse vppon abrogation of the former iudgement the playntife is not so put off and debarred, but that hee hath libertie to renewe his action agayne: for this newe cancelling serueth to no other ende, but onely to frustrate and make voide and inualide But vpon the confirmation of the former sentence the party interessed is vtterly debarred.the force of the former iudgement: whereas the approbation and allowance confirmeth and ratifieth for euer the iudgement that was giuen and pronounced, neyther is there left to the defendant, any place eyther of prouocation or appeale, or meane to call the matter in question, vnlesse there fall out some new matter or occasion.
This shall bee sufficient as concerning the olde Auditors: now wee will briefly say somewhat of the newe. This Magistrate was vnknowen and not created in our commonwealth, till such time as the Venetian Empire beganne to imbrace the mayne lande that bordered vppon our Lakes. To these may appeales be brought from the iudgements & sentences of [Page 104] The New auditors meddle onely with forraigne matters. such gouernors & magistrates as without the precinctes of our Citie doe administer iustice to people that doe liue vnder our subiection: for the olde Auditors were not of themselues able and sufficient to vnderstand and dispatch both the causes of the citie, and those also of forrayne places: for which cause this Magistrate was called by the name of New, in regarde that after the commonwealth was once setled and established, the citie began to stretch and enlarge her dominion ouer the maine land of the prouince of Venetia, which as though it had neuer beene seperated from the same, returned willingly with a franke and liberall good will. For as I shewed you in the beginning of this worke, the noblest sorte of people that inhabited the countrey of Venetia, flying the barbarous crueltie of forraine nations, & the generall deuastation of all Italie, did get themselues into these lakes of ours, and then did lay the first foundation Why the City was first called Venetia.of this most opulent and flourishing citie, calling it by the name of Venetia, to leaue thereby a remembrance vnto their posteritie, that there in the same were ioyntly together assembled the chiefe prime and flower of the nobilitie of all the cities of the territories of Venetia: so that in short space, when the rule and empire therof began infinitly to increase, one Magistrate could not serue for the dispatch both of forraine and domesticall causes: and therefore this New Magistrate was The New col ledge of the forty ciuile iudges.ordayned, and likewise the New Colledge of the forty: into whose courtes are brought the appeales from the indgementes of such forrayne magistrates as haue gouernment abroade: where being throughly handled and discussed, they are finally ended and concluded. The manner and forme of proceeding in this colledge, [Page 105] is such in all points (as before I told you) is obserued of the olde Auditors, and the councell of the forty ciuill The councel of fortie for causes onely within the citie.Iudges, concerning causes within the cittie: onely this is added to the authoritie of the new Auditors, that in any matter brought vnto them by appeale, so the same exceed not the summe of fortie crownes, they may ouerrule the former iudgement, or abrogate it, or allow it eyther in whole or in part, as shal seeme best vnto them, prouided, that they do all agree in one opinion: which The causes of strangers sooner dispatched then those of the citizens.course was thought fit to be ordayned, to the end that forrayners and strangers (of whome according to the preceptes of many great Philosophers there is especiall regarde to bee had) should not be molested and lingred off with long delayes, but quickly come to an ende of their suites. This priuiledge the olde Auditors haue not: for they of necessity must eyther wholly allow the iudgement, or els vtterly cancell and make voide the same, and whereas the new (as I said) may, leauing the rest, meddle onely with parte of the cause, they must either embrace the whole entire cause, or els vtterly leaue it vnmedled withall. So that by this means thesuites of strangers are sooner ended & determined, then the causes of the citizens, though through the suttelty of Aduocates and Lawyers (who leaue nothing vnattempted, how farre soeuer the same be from right) processes and suites are sundry times drawen out to an infinite length: as in all places it is vsuall, where iudgementes are not rashly pronounced, but leasurely and considerately at appointed times.
Now (in a manner) haue we expressed the whole form which is vsually obserued in iudgements, it remaineth that we briefly speak somwhat of those magistrates [Page 106] who first of all do giue sentence in causes of the Citie, & Sixe seuerall kindes of Iudges.from whom the appeales & prouocations are brought to the old Auditors, and to the councell of the fortie: of these Iudges there are six seueral courts, diuided according to the qualitie of the causes and of the persons. For eyther the suites are about marchandise, or matters pertayning thereunto, or about houses or groundes that are within the Lakes, or about possessions and landes that are on the Continent, or els about other contractes, or bargaines: as for the persons that contend, they are eyther citizens or strangers, or one with another strangers and citizens together: or the controuersie is betweene orphelins, or els moued at the suit of the widdowes, for the recouery of their dower after the death of their husbands. Lest therefore there might fall out a confusion among iudgements of so different kindes, to the end that the one should not bee a disturbance or hinderance to the other, there were appointed seuerall Courtes of iudgement, in so much that as farre forth as possible it might bee, euery one according to the quality of his businesse might know the proper and peculiar Iudge of his controuersie: for Iudges of the properties.whatsoeuer differences arise about houses, groundes, or leases, situated or lying within the boundes of Venice (that is, being within the lakes) are all determined by those that are called Iudges of the properties, to whose Courtes also widdowes haue recourse in demandes of their dower, after the death of their husbandes. This name and appellation of properties was first giuen them, because our auncestors did take those thinges to be properly their owne, which were seated within the Lakes, as not being easie to bee transferred [Page 107] to the dominion of other maysters: as for such goods as they had vpon the Continent, whether they were landes or houses, in regarde that they lay open to violence, and might in dispight of their maysters suffer rapine and spoyle, they called by the name of moueables: if then the controuersie arise concerning any possession vpon the maine landes, for redresse thereof recourse is to be had to the Iudges of the Procurators: Iudges of the procurators.vnder whome the matters of Orphelins that are yet vnder gardians are handled, for among the Venetians both gardians and tutors were wont to be called Procurators. If the contention and strife do any way concerne Merchantes or matter of merchandise, then for the decision of those causes are there certaine peculiar Iudges or Consuls of the merchants.Iudges, called properly Iudges or Consuls of the marchantes. These doe in their Iudgements vse a speedier dispatch then any other of the ciuill magistrates: which was so ordayned, to the ende that marchantes, whose affaires might otherwise receyue great detriment and hinderance, with lingering and delayes might not bee deluded or entertayned with long expectation of their Iudges of strangers.right. But if the question bee betweene straungers, or that if any citizen will sue a stranger that commeth to lodge in Venice for some fewe dayes, those Iudges must then bee repayred vnto that are appoynted to heare the causes of straungers, and haue thereof their proper nomination and tytle. But all other causes of sales, bargaines, or contractes, by which any citizen pretendeth eyther breach of couenant or duenesse Iudges of requestes.of debt, are referred to the Iudges of requestes, who serue in steade of the Mayor or Pretor of the Citie. [Page 108] There are besides certaine small thinges, whose iudgement Iudges of the moueables.and determination is committed to certaine officers, that are called Iudges of the moueables. Likewise there is another kinde of magistrate, whose office is, if any thing happen to bee founde, that had layne long hidden, or els beene lately lost, to iudge and determine Iudges of things that are found.whether the same ought to belong to the commō treasure, or to any priuate man, or els to him whose chaunce it is to find it, all things of the like kind and nature being vnder the compasse of his authoritie and iudgement.
Hauing expressed the seuerall kinds and manners of Magistrates that haue charge of common treasure.iudgements, we wil now passe ouer to those magistrates that haue charge ouer the common chamber or treasurie, and the receipt & employment of the publike reuenew. These perchance may seeme to some body more in number then is conuenient, and that a few might as sufficiently discharge the whole businesse pertaining to the treasure: but here they must marke, that our fathers omitted no kinde of heedfulnesse to preuent all fraude & deceipt in the administration of their publike treasure, supposing the same to bee the very fountayne whence the other parts of the commonwealth receiue their nouriture and sustenance, and likewise grow to an exceeding weakenesse and empouerishment by the drying vp and decay therof, in so much that they made a solemn decree, that what citizen soeuer should be cō uicted of hauing abused or defrauded the commō treasure, shold be to al posterity defamed with a perpetuall note of dishonor: and the same perpetualy euery yeare should to his eternal shame be renued. For vpō a certain appointed day the great councel is solemnly assembled, [Page 109] and there in a publike oration made by one of the Aduocators, all such as haue beene conuicted of this crime as named with titles of reproach, to the end that the shame and infamie of so foule a fact may neuer growe out of date or be forgotten.
The magistrates who haue charge ouer the treasure are of two sortes. But returning to the purpose: The magistrates who haue charge ouer the Treasure are of two sortes, as likewise is the treasure it selfe, for eyther it consisteth of the publike rentes, reuenewes, and tributes, or else when great and important occasions shal so require the same, is raised of taxes and subsidies that are leuied according to the abilitie of the citizens: which oftentimes hapneth, when warres with which our city hath been much afflicted, do grow vppon vs eyther by sea or land, as when the Turke incrochingly assaileth our dominions, whose mighty puissance and formidable attempts aswell against vs, as against the whole commonwealth of Christendome, wee alone not without exceeding charge and detriment haue resisted and kept at a baye many yeares, or else when christian princes not brooking the greatnes of the Venetian empire, haue conspired against the same, as in the fifteenth yeare before this, in manner all the greatest princes of christendome were strongly linked, leagued and confederated against vs: but God be thanked: their endeuours were withstoode, and our affaires though for a while declining, were yet at length restored into their former estate & flourishing erected grearnesse.
Seeing then that this common treasure consisteth of two kindes, two likewise are the kinds of magistrates to whose charge they are committed. The one for the subsidies leuied of the people: and the other for [Page 110] the common rents and tributes: These tributes are leuied eyther of goods transported out of the City, or els of such as are brought into the same: others the like also are collected and gathered out of those other citties that are vnder the Venetian dominion. The tributes Tolles, and customes of the citie, aswell through the great aboundance of marchandize, and infinite assembly of marchants, as also the innumerable multitude of people that dwell within the same, are farre greater then a man would imagine, and as the kinds of these matters & marchandize are diuers, so likewise are the officers ouer them instituted & ordained, as it best seemed vnto thē, to whose supremecharge & superintendance they belong to acquaint you with the particularities & peculiar offices of euery one of which would rather breed a vaine and werisome tediousnes, then any necessarie or pleasing delight, for which cause I thought it not amisse to ouerslippe those magistrates, whose offices are not of continuance, but are onely instituted vppon occasions. In summe the chiefest point belonging to all these officers is to be heedefull that no parte of this commō treasure be embezeled, misemployed or carelesly regarded, all controuersies likewise arising about this money, are by them iudged and determined, so soo e as they haue gathered in their mony, they carie The Gouernour [...] of the publike rents.the same to the gouernours of the publike Rents: for so is this magistrate called, to whose presidence this matter is committed: which because it is a very great and a very honorable charge, the same is not wont to be giuen, but vnto the noblest citizens, which to the end they should the more willingly of themselues desire, or at least not refuse the same, being profered, as [Page 111] the burthen and care there of, is great and weightie: so are there thereunto many both profitable and honorable The creation of the vnder Officers belongeth to the gouernours the common Treasure.authorities annexed for the creatiō of all such vnder officers, as are paid out of the common treasure, as Serieants, Somners, Purseuants, Ordinarie gardes, and therest of that kinde, lyeth wholy in their power, whome hauing satisfyed and payd, they bring the rest The Treasurers of the Chamber of the City▪that remaineth to the Treasurer, at the Chamber of the City: to which magistrate finally is brought the whole summe of the common money collected eyther within or without the towne, by whatsoeuer officer or treasurer, and they do againe imploy the same vpon publike vses, according to the order and direction of the Senate: keeping a Register both of their receipts and paymentes, which office because it requireth a painefull trauell and continuall diligence, the same is wont to be giuen to the yonger sort of the nobilitie, prouided alwayes that they be such, whose sincerenesse and integrity of life do no way degenerate from the noblenesse of their stocke, to the ende that the publike mony bee not priuately misemployed, and these treasurers of the City haue in manner as greate authority in the Senate as the other lawfull Senators: Peculiar Officers appointed ouer such mony as is leuied by taxation.but as for the money which in the necessities and distresses of the commonwealth is leauied of the citizens by way of taxation: though at length the same come as to the treasurer of the town Chamber, yet are there peculiar and proper officers thereunto assigned sometimes vpon an occasion of collecting a summe of money, the Senate maketh a decree for the raising thereof without any clause of restirution, interest, or vtilitie to returne backe to those of, whome it is leuied, which [Page 112] happeneth neuerthelesse very seldome, for commonly, or rather alwaies, vnlesse extreame occasion require the contrarie, the Senate (as their chiefest care is directed to the generall good of the commonwealth:) so also haue they a most especiall and singular regarde of the particular estate of the citizens.
The summe that is to be leuied being determined, & time appointed for the payment thereof; euery one bringeth in as much thereof, as he was rated at, which is exacted and gathered in, by the gouernors of the rentes, and by them brought to the Treasurers of the Chamber. But oftentimes vpon these taxations of money the Senate limites and appointes a time for restitution thereof vnto the Citizens, with some allowance Interest allowed vnto the citizens for such money as is leuied of them.also of profite, and interest for the same, and to that ende are there certaine rentes and determinate tributes assigned and made ouer, but afore our time the Senate sundrie times were wont to make a decree concerning this exacted summe of money that there should not be made any mention of restitution, nor any time thereunto appointed, vnlesse the same should be for the generall good and benefite of the common wealth, onely the magistrate, which was called president of the lones, and as yet retayneth that name, recorded President of the Lones.in a booke, the seuerall summe contributed by euery particularr cittizen, and in the meane time till the same were repayed, there were allowed fiue crownes in the hundred, to euery one of those that had beene taxed, and thereunto were sundrie rentes appointed, so that in those ancient warres it was an easie matter to leuie mony by this manner of taxation, and surely in my opinion it was a thing very iust and [Page 113] reasonable, that somewhat should bee againe restored vnto them out of the common reuenew, that had in the necessarie times of the common wealth, spent and empayred their substance: for as the partes ought to haue regarde to the safety of the whole, so in naturall reason also ought the whole to defend and preserue the partes, in asmuch as may bee from all inconuenience and wrong, and to participate with them some part of the common nouriture, thereby to restore & enharten them, but in our time this debt of leuied mony was so excessiue and great, that the very interest thereof, after the rate I spake of, amounted to three hundred thousande Crownes by the yeare, which payment being of late, by reason of the extreame necessities and dangerous warres, wherewith the commonwealth was enuironed, withholden, and kept backe, now finally, some foure yeare since, there was a statute and decree enacted by the Senate, (the motioners and perswaders thereof being Dominico Treuisano, Andrea Gritti Duke Venice.a graue and honorable Councelor, and Andrea Gritti, a Senator of singular prudence and integrity, who now to the generall contentment and exceeding happines of our commonwealth, wee acknowledge for our Duke and Prince) that there should not thence forwarde be any mention made of paying any yearely interest, neither that any suits, kinde of subsidy, or contribution shoulde thereafter be registred or enrolled in the common bookes, and yet least the citizens should thinke themselues defrauded: it was prouided that they should be paide their principall, and likewise the interest, due vntill the day of the decree, [Page 114] for satisfaction of which they appointed out, not onely An Officer appointed for the payment of the rownes debtes.a great part of their tributes, but also the whole possessions belonging to the common wealth in the teritorie of Rouigo. The medling in which busines happened partly to my lot in regarde of an office that I then bare, instituted of purpose before our times to diminish and lessen the debts of the common wealth, or if it were possible, vtterly to extinguish them, of which I wil speak somewhat hereafter, and so a great part was discharged of those heauie and vnmeasurable debtes, with which the commonwealth was burthened, and likewise the estate of the priuate citizens, not left vnconuenientlie regarded, yet alwaies so that the generall good was first prouided for, and then the priuate, which order is discended euen to our times from our auncesters, from hand to hand.
Now then to turne our speech thether againe wherein we digressed. The Presidentes of the lones are those that do gather together the money wherein the Cittizens are taxed at such times as the commonwelth needeth their helpe, of which when in their bookes they haue taken a particular note and reckoning, then finally they deliuer the same ouer to the Treasurer of the Chamber of the Citty, from whome it belongeth to their charge to exact such summes of money, as were yearely accustomed to be yeelded in steade of rent to the priuate Cittizens: and likewise to register vp in their bookes both the receipt and expence thereof. But this money which by the Senates decree is leuied of the Cittizens, and is after a certaine time to bee restored vnto them againe, was wont both [Page 115] to bee collected and repayed by a certaine peculiar Magistrate thereunto appointed: Now this office Officers that do seaze and sell the goods of those that do not at the time appointed pay the mony in which they are taxed.belongeth wholy to the Gouernours of the Rentes. There is also an other money-Magistrate not to bee omitted, to whose office it appertaineth to search, seaze, and to sell openly the goodes of such as do not at the time appointed pay the summe of mony at which they are taxed. There are also other money-Magistrates, that do seeke out the endebted Cittizens, and do aswell peruse the bookes of account of priuate men, as also those of the common welth, to the end that the treasurie and common welth may not any way bee defrauded, which for auoiding tediousnesse I will ouerpasse, because they are not of any moment, to that order and gouernement of our common wealth which I haue taken vpon mee to describe.
Presidents ouer the coyne or mintmaisters. Besides these heretofore mentioned, there are also certain other magistrates, whose offices are of greate auaile, to the commoditie, quietnesse, honour, health, and happinesse of our Countrie, and therefore not to be ouerslipped in silence. First are the maisters of the coyne aswell golde, as siluer, the currant goodnesse of which as yet entertaineth the willing trafique of straungers: so is it comfortable and commodious to the Citizens within themselues: then the cornmaisters, and health maisters of Venice, both being Corn masters. Helth masters. Presidentes of the Arsenall.of great and exceeding consequence, as likewise are the worshipfull Presidentes of the Arsenall. Then are there certaine officers, such as among the Romains Aediles.were called Aediles, to whose care belongeth the [Page 116] mending and repayring of the streetes and Bridges, and other the like matters of that kinde and office, exceedinglie requisite and necessarie in this common wealth of ours, and lastly the office of those whome Procurators.the Venetians call procurators, being of great dignity and singularly auailable to the City.
Of the Presidents of the money or Mintmaisters I knowe not what I should say more, then that their chiefe charge and care is, that the gold and siluer be not coyned in any baser allay, then that which by the law is appointed, neither that the same beare any whit lesse weight then it should doe: which hath beene of vs all most religiously obserued, insomuch that the money of Venice is of great account, and runneth currant aswell among the barbarous Nations, as it doth in Christendome. For whereas all other Christian Princes in a manner, cause their mony to be stamped in a baser allay, to the end to make it stretch the farther: ours haue alwayes herein most constantlie retayned that dignitie which they receyued of their auncesters.
The magistrate that hath the charge for the prouision of corne is exceedingly necessarie to this city of Venice, because there being but a small quantitie of corne to be gathered out of the territorie of Venice, and the cittie being most populous, and round about encompassed with lakes, of necessitie there is greate care to bee had of these prouisions: least the people whose benefit and commoditie was so exceedingly of our ancesters respected through dearth and scarsity of corne, might fall into the extremitie of Famine. There [Page 117] are therefore appointed three maysters or ouerseers of this matter of corne, whose Magistracie endureth sixteene monthes: their office & charge is carefully to prouide that the Citie bee neuer at any time afflicted with the scarcitie of corne, of which if at any time they stand in doubt, they presently repaire vnto the Duke, and to the Colledge of the Sages, and there the matter being well debated, doe at length determine what course is therein best to be taken. Sometimes there is a certaine rewarde and recompence out of the common treasure appointed to those that shall from farre countries transport any corne to Venice. Sometimes they bargayne with merchantes for the vndertaking to bring by a certayne time such quantity of corne as they shall agree vpon to Venice, from out of forraigne regions, and for the same to be payed out of the publike treasure, which promise vnlesse the marchantes faithfully performe, they are by the senate amerced in a great summe of money. And whereas the commonwealth buyeth this corne deerely and at a great rate: it selleth the same againe to the common people very good cheape, and at a small price, suffring sometimes therein a great and exceeding losse.
There are besides this many other excellent lawes and decrees concerning this matter of corne, which if I should perticularly rehearse, I should digresse farther from my purpose then were fit.
Now followeth that Magistrate to whose prouidence and care all such thinges as tend to the health and holesomenesse of the citie do appertain. His chiefest office is to foresee, that there come not into the citie any contagious infection, which if at any time it happen to [Page 118] creepe in (as sometimes it chanceth) then to take such diligent and carefull order, that in as much as may bee the same come not to spreade any further. To which ende there are certaine goodly commodious houses built in the lakes three miles off from the citie, and adioyning neer vnto them there are gardens of great pleasure, into which houses if any of the people fall sicke, he is presently conueyed with his whole familie: and those that haue had any cōuersation with him that is so fallen sicke, to the end they infect not others, must also (leauing their owne mansions) be remoued to other publique houses built to the same vse, but in a part without the citie quite contrarie to the other, where they are constrained to remaine the space of fortie daies: if during which time they continue sound and well, then they are suffred to returne to the citie and to their dwelling places. There is also a great care had of their housholde stuffe, least by the contagion thereof, any one should get infection. This Magistrate likewise hath a care that there bee not any stinking or rotten meate, or any other vnholesome thing solde, that might any way offend or bee noysome to the health of the Citie. Finally his onely care is to preuent infection and sicknesse, and to preserue purenesse and health within the citie: This office was instituted not long before our time; whereas before the cittie was sundry times so mortally afflicted with the plague, that whole families flying the infection thereof, leauing their proper habitations, forsooke the towne, & went to the next countries vpon firme lande. But since the creation of this new magistrate (Gods goodnesse be thanked) there [Page 119] hath not beene (in a manner) any pestilence at all: though sometimes (as in such a maruellous concourse of people out of all partes can hardly bee auoided) some houses haue beene infected: but by the diligence of this magistrate, and especially Gods fauour assisting him therein: the disease hath not taken roote, nor been suffred to spread it selfe abroade.
The gouernment and manner of the Arsenall. Now we come to speake of the honourable gouernment of our Arsenall: the same being a singular ornament not onely to Venice it selfe, but generally (such is the statelinesse and glorie thereof) an honour and dignitie to all Italy, because it is a matter of infinite magnificence and maiestie, and worthy of all admiration.
The Arsenall is built on that side of the citie, which of all others is neerest to the maine sea, hollowed out into three bosomes, or to speake more properly, into three diuided entries, into euerie of which the sea entreth by one onely gate, the same being so large, that it is capable of the greatest Gallies▪ This gate is fortified on each side with two strong Towers, which are ioyned together with a mightie drawbridge, and a huge percullisse, which are neuer opened but vpon the occasion of letting Gallies out or in. There is no other passage to go into the inner partes of the Arsenall, but onely by this gate. The first bosome or entrie within the same, though it be the least of the three, yet notwithstanding it is very great and spacious: being roofed, couered and tyled round about on euery side in manner of certain vaults, vnder which the gallies that are come from sea do repose til new ocasion fall out of employing them safe & free from the annoyance [Page 120] eyther of wind or weather, so that they continue many yeares sound and good: likewise vnder these vaultes doe they build their new Gallies, and mende and make vp their old: a worke surely of great goodlinesse and glory, and most fitte and commodious for the maintenance of a nauie. Next this bosome or gully there is an inwarder maruellously great and large, ordered round of euery side with such vaultes as I spake of: of which vaultes you shall not see any one emptie: but in those that are wide two Gallies, and in the narrower one at least.
The third, being not much inferior to the second in largenesse, was but a little before our time added to the two former, and is compassed about with goodly wals, and builded with many vaults, which though they bee not all as yet finished: yet dayly they are diligently in hande, about the ending and accomplishing thereof. There is onely one way by which men go from one to the other: and on the outside they are compassed all about with one wall, distinguished here and there with certaine towers, in the which there are nightly watches kept to preuent the daunger of fire, the treachery of any ill disposed person, or any other casualtie, whereby so goodly and excellent a worke might come to be spoyled or defaced. Within the walles are certaine roomes, replenished with all manner of Nauale instruments, & all kindes of artificers thereunto belonging, haue there their workehouses and shops. There great quantities of brasse are melted for the making of their artillerie: & likewise there are also made infinite prouisions of gunpowder: so that within the Arsenall there wanteth not any thing which appertayneth to the affaires of the sea: [Page 121] There you may beholde an infinite number of workemen, euery one exercising his owne particular trade & office.
There are besides these certaine great and ample roomes, wherein there is alwaies readie an vnmeasurable abundance of armour, weapons, and artillerie of all sorts: likewise of sailes, cables, tacklings, ankers, oares, and such like, euery kinde laide vp seperately by it selfe. In so much that when the senate shall determine to set forth a nauie, all thinges thereunto belonging are readie in a moment. All these thinges and seuerall workes are vnder the authoritie of this Magistrate, of which I determined to speake: hee maketh choyce as well of the Carpenters, as of the smithes and tryers of mettall and all other kindes of workemen belonging to the businesse of the sea, hauing care that each of them performe his businesse with diligence: for the payment of all which Nauale workes and other charges thereunto belonging, there is mony deliuered vnto him out of the common treasure. The Colledges allowance being therein first demanded, and they made acquainted with his reckonings. This magistrate, in the time of our auncestors was of singular reputation and honour: but in these times of ours the same is much diminished and of lesse estimation. In so much that when any great occasion happeneth, requiring extraordinary diligence and care, the senate electing certaine counsellors of the grauest and best experimented sort, doth appoint the managing of those waighty sea businesse vnto them, appointing the others to be by them wholly directed.
[Page 122] Now last of all wee are to speake of the Procurators The procurators of Saint Marke.of Saint Marke, being of all the other magistrates the greatest and most honourable next vnto the Duke. For their time of authoritie is not limited, but continueth during life. To this honour is also adioyned the perpetuall dignitie and place of a Senator: and equall power of suffrages with the lawful Senators: and this they haue besides aboue all other magistrates, that whereas the elder citizens doe not giue any preheminence of place to the other, but onely in certaine courtes the honour thereof is alwayes and in euerie place yeelded to the Procurators: for in what Court or place soeuer they sitte, they are euer alike honoured with the highest place, as though they did in euerie place performe the office of the magistrate there presiding. Their office is to take vpon them the defence & tutorshippe of Orphelins, who being vnder age, and their fathers deade without making any will, haue not any tutor or ouerseer appointed them: for which cause this charge and office is neuer giuen to any, but to such as are throughly knowne to be of singular good conscience and integritie of life, and haue passed (in a manner) through all the other offices of the citie, without any touch of dishonour, and a generall approbation of an vncorrupted vertue: and so at length after their long seruice to the commonwealth, doe obtayne therein this great and principall dignity, which continueth with them during their liues.
In times passed this office was of passing great and honourable estimation, not onely within Venice, but also in forrayne regions, in so much that not onely the [Page 123] subiectes and neere borderers, but also forreners and strangers, made them by testament their executors, and put wholly into their hands the administration of their goodes, during the minority of their children. Likewise great summes of money are committed to them, to bee by their discretion dispensed and bestowed among the poore, so that in these times of ours great and mighty summes of money are committed to their fidelity, as well to the vse of Orphelins, and the poore, as otherwise. This office was at the first instituted, to the ende that the heritages and substances of those citizens that should eyther die in seruice of their countrey, or in traficke of marchandise among forraine nations, shoulde not bee by fraude misemployed or diuerted from their heires. This charge & confidence therefore is especially giuen to those, whose conscience, behauiour, and conuersation, a long approouedexperience hath allowed for excellent, & without exception.
The addition of new procurators from time to time. At the first beginning they were onely three that did exercise this office. Afterwarde vpon the increase of the citties greatnesse, three more were added vnto them, but their authoritie so diuided, that the old shoulde still retayne the charge of those pupilles and Orphelins which are on the farther side of the channel that runneth through the middle of the Citie, and the new to haue the gouernment & looking to of those that are on this side, halfe of the city belonging to the charge of the former three, and halfe to that of the later three. Besides these there are other three that are (as it were) patrons of the royal, sumptuous, and magnificent Temple of Saint Marke, vnder the protection of which blessed & holy Euangelist the commonwealth of Venice [Page 124] being directed with excellent lawes, hath at length increased into this greatnesse of empire, and of these last as of the noblest they all do take their name, and are called Procurers of Saint Marke. I will not at this present say any thing of the gorgeous architecture of this Temple, nor of the abundance of beautifull marbles, nor of the multitude of goodly pillers, nor of the glorious workes as well guilded & carued, as richly wrought in Porphire and Iasper stone, of which the whole roofe and pillers are made, yea and the very pauementes: because I thinke there are very fewe but haue seene the same, or at least hearde the fame of the magnificence thereof. These three Procurators haue charge continually to looke to the maintayning of this goodly Temple, and amending the decayes thereof, as also to the priests, to the end that diuine seruice may therein be said, according to the dignitie of our city, & the worthines of our blessed patrone & aduocate S. Marke. These therfore in my iudgement, beyond al other magistrates are most necessary and expedient in this prosperity and happinesse of our citie. The carefull vsage of the mint is a matter not lightly to bee esteemed, because nothing strengtheneth more the trafick & trading of a citie, then the purity & goodnes of the mony: neyther is the carefull prouision of corne a matter of light regard: likewise the prouiding for the health of the citizens, & the repairing of wayes, bridges and common buildinges are offices of singular auaile, fitnesse and necessitie. All these thinges are (in a manner) common to euery other citie. But this other chiefly and aboue all the rest pertayneth vnto Venice, that is to say, the carefull prouision and superintendance of sea matters & the defence [Page 125] of Orphlins, because many of the Cittizens, aduenturing their liues abroad, eyther about the publike busines, or els in traficke of marchandize come to ende their dayes, and therefore these magistrates are ordained to the ende to defend their children from wrong, wherby it may appeare to those that shall consideratelie, and with an indifferent eye looke into the order, and gouernment of this common wealth, that our ancesters did not omit anything that might tend to the common benefite and good of their Countrie.
The Fift Booke of the Magistrates and commonwealth of Venice.
SEing that the whole forme, and order of the gouernment of our common wealth, is in manner of vs already expressed, and the office and order of the magistrates within the Cittie, I thinke I shall not doe a thing vnpleasing, or vnfitte [Page 126] for the matter I haue in hand, if I speake somewhat of The gouernment abroadethe magistrates abroad, The gouernment of the wat [...]es.those I meane that haue rule, and authority in such citties, as are vnder the subiection of the state of Venice, then of our militare charges & The offices of the citizens that are not nobly born.gouernments, and lastly of the offices of the other cittizens, that are not within the order of nobilitie, which being declared and made manifest, I may and that as I trust without reprehension conueniently, and with the conclusion and shutting vp of this worke.
The manner vsed by the Venetians in gouerning such Cities as are vnder their subiection. Ouer the nobler Citties of the state, there are appointed foure magistrates, one onely Gouernour doth iustice to all, determining and sentencing all causes aswell ciuile as criminall: This Gouernour hath alwaies sitting with him in iudgement, men skilfull in the lawes, whose counsell he vseth, though the whole authoritie rest in himselfe. Besides him there is a Captain generall commander ouer the souldiers of that territory, aswell those that are in garrison in the citties, as those that are encamped or lodged abroade in the countrie, ouer them hath the Gouernour no charge at all, but onely the Captaine generall, besides the care of the Castell, the walles and the Gates are committed to the Captaine likewise of the rentes and tributes, aswell of the citie, as of the whole countrie belonging vnto it, besides these, there is a Treasurer, or two that administreth, payeth, and recouerth the publike money, and keepeth the bookes and register of the publike accountes: but he doeth not any thing without the commandement of the Captaine and sometimes both of the Captain and the Gouernour, which manner of administration seemed much more fit, then if both the authority and the handling of the money, [Page 127] should haue beene committed to one of them alone: whereby the publike treasure might much more easily haue beene embezeled and mispent: but the money that remaineth ouerplus, aboue the charges of the Prouince, is carried to Venice, and deliuered to the Treasurers of the Citie, to whose office as I saide before the publike money is brought from all partes. The fourth magistrate of authority in euery principall Cittie, is the Liuetenant of the Castles, in some places there is but one, and in some more, they command ouer those souldiers that are in garrison of the Castles, and haue the charge of such weapons, victuall, artillery, and munition as are within the Castle: yet the Lieutenant hath not so absolute authority within the Castle, but that he is alwaies subiect to the commandement of the captaine generall, to whose authority and power all things of that kinde are wholy attributed: but in lesser citties or townes there is no captaine generall: all thinges being there vnder commandement of the Gouernour. Likewise in such townes as are within the precinctes of greater citties, the Gouernour onely administreth right to the townsmen, and no other magistrate, though the Treasurers & captains haue also authority throughout the whole Territory of the chiefe Citties, from all these Gouernours appeale may be brought to the new Auditors, sometimes also the Aduocators were wont to sit with the Gouernours vpon sentences of life and death: but because thereby iudgements were oftentimes delayde, and lewd persons in the meane time not punished, there was a lawe made by the colledge of the ten, that the Aduocators should not haue any farther authority in such iudgements as were [Page 128] giuen by the gouernour, but that he should onely vse the aduise of such Doctors of law as before I said were to sit with him in iudgement.
And this in my opinion already saide, may suffice concerning the magistrates by whome our commō wealth is gonerned both abroade and at home
But seeing there is aswell a reckoning to bee made of managing warres, as of maintaining peace, which whosoeuer wholy do reiect, cannot as Plato sayth in his Polytiques, long defend and maintaine themselues in freedome and libertie: But those that haue left vnto their posterity the true directions of a commonwealth, commended the vse of both, to the end that in times of warre, they should not bee vnfit for the exercises thereof, and that in peace they might liue in honest exercises vnder the lawes and statutes of their Country, so that alwaies the vertue and exercises of warre haue a reference to the studyes of peace, as being of the two the most excellent and desirable, for such is the verie force, working, and operation of nature it selfe in euery thing, that first it should couet and seeke, that which is to it selfe conueuient, and then resist and defend themselues from that which is contrarie thereunto, which in all liuing creatures that are created, with any perfection of nature is easie to bee discerned: for there is none of them which wanteth a desire leading him to that which to his nature is most agreeable, and likewise there is adioyned to the same a force and abilitie to be angrie, which Plato placeth in the heart, to the end that through the stirring therof euery creature might be prone to resist and repell that which is to his nature noysome and contrarie, the first seedes then of [Page 129] eyther of these partes being by nature placed in the mindes of men as being of all other creatures the most perfect: ought of ciuile men to be embraced, that they may bring forth the fruites of eyther effect, that is, both of warre and peace, which course was not neglected of our ancesters, howsoeuer to some it seeme otherwise: for though the citty being builded in the sea, and at the first for many years careles of extending their dominion and rule ouer the continent, did not apply themselues to land wars, yet did they with maruelous glory of successe bend themselues to warres by sea, atchiuing therewith many notable exploits, aswell in defence of their owne liberty, as in reuenge of iniuries done thē by their enemies, and many great and glorious deeds of the Venetians do yet remaine in ancient recorde, & many triumphes and victories wrested by sea, from fierce and puissant nations, whereby it is easie to coniecture of the mightinesse of the Venetians by sea in forepassed times, but in the end yeelding to the instāt petition of the oppressed bordering people, who could not endure the rapines and cruelties of seuerall tyrants, that had brought them into subiection, they sent forces into the mayneland, and expelling the tyrants, did with an infinite applause and willingnes of the people receiue all those Prouinces of their olde consideration into their protection, as though they had neuer beene disunited thereby setting them free from out the seruitude of insolent strangers, which being the remainder & ofspring of those Barbarians, that had wrought that general deuastation in Italy, had then nestled themselues and helde the people in a most cruell and miserable bondage.
[Page 130] This increase therfore of dominion being added to the former greatnesse of the city, their desire and indeuour was not onely to comfort and cherish this new receiued people with wholesome and profitable lawes, but also to finde out meanes, whereby to maintaine and preserue their recouered freedome and tranquilitie: but the situation of their City being in the sea, on the other side vtterlie diuerted their mindes from wholy applying themselues to land wars, aswel through the inconueniency of the City thereunto, as also for the auoiding of ciuill disturbance and tumult, for of necessity those citizens: to whose lot the managing of these saide wars should haue befallen, might haue spent the greater parte of the yeare vpon firme land, aswell to ride and practise their horses, as also to inure and exercise themselues in sundry manners of skirmish, and kinds of fight: and withall for their better skill in military and martiall affaires, it should haue beene necessary for them, when occasion of employment wanted at home to frequent forrein warres, thereby aswell to confirm their courages, as to strengthen their bodies, and so to enable themselues in that function, for the seruice of their country, whereas otherwise, without this kinde of exercise, they would haue beene vntill eyther to command as captaines, or to obey his scutchions. But now this their continual frequentation of the continent and diuorcement▪ as it were from the ciuile life, would without doubt haue brought forth a kinde of faction different and disioyned, from the other peaceable Citizens, which parcialitie and diuision wold in time haue bred ciuile warres and dissentions within the City, I omit in the meane time to speake of those [Page 131] high and ambitious thoughtes, that such would haue entertained, as did see themselues mighty in armes, & followed with affecting troupes of vnquiet souldiers, who according to the nature of men enclining still to the worse, might easily bee stirred to mischiefe, which The ouerthrow of Rome proceeding through the mightines of her owne Cittizens.onely cause among the Romains (as many of their ancient histories do notably remember) wrought strange effectes in sundry of their Cittizens, prouoking them to disobey, and set at nought the lawes of the Senate, and their country, and finally Iulius Caesar exceeding the limites of all respect, to tyrannize ouer that commonwealth, to which hee did owe all duty and obedience. To exclude therfore out of our estate the danger or occasion of any such ambitious enterprises, our auncesters held it a better course to defend their dominions vppon the continent, with forreyn mercenarie souldiers, than with their homeborn citizens, & to assigne them their pay and stipende out of the tributes and receipts of the Prouince, wherein they remayned: for it is iust, and reasonable, that the souldiers shoulde be maintained at the charge of those in whose defence they are employed, and into their warfare, haue many of our associates been ascribed, some of which haue attained to the higest degree of commandement in our Straungers receiued into the Venetian nobility Bartholomeo Coglione captain generall of the Venetian armie.army, & for the exceedingnes of their deserts been enabled, with the title of citizens & gentlemen of Venice, amongst which the name of Bartholomeo Coglione of Bergamo is yet honorable among vs, who after many great exploits & prosperous successes being captaine general of our army, & hauing amplified & enlarged the boundes of the Venetian Empire, was in eternall [Page 132] memory of his great and glorious actions honored of our commonwelth, with his statue on horseback, set vp and erected in the fayrest and goodliest place of our Citty. The Cittizens therefore of Venice, for this only cause are depriued of the honors belonging to warres by land, and are contented to transferre them ouer to straungers: to which ende there was a lawe solemnely decreede, that no Gentleman of Vevice should haue the charge and commaundement of aboue fiue and twentie souldiers, though the same law hath not beene in these times of ours altogether obserued but through the course of custome in a manner abrogated, by reason of the many and sundrie warres, wherewith we haue beene encombred, so that nowe when wee haue any warres by land, there are some of Legates or proueditors.our Gentlemen sent into the Armie, who therein doe beare office and authority, while the warre endureth, as namely, the Treasurers, and Legates, who neuer stirre from the side of the Captaine Generall of our Armie, who is alwaies a straunger, which hath no authority to doe or deliberate any thing without the aduice of the Legates. The warre being ended, eyther Magistrate returneth home, giuing vppe his authority, and putting himselfe into order, and this is wholy the manner of the Venetians warfare by land. But for warres by sea and nauigation, both our citie is much more thereunto opportune and cō modious, as also our people much more thereunto by nature addicted and enclined, for our Citty lying seated in the sea, needeth not greatlie feare any harme from forreyne land armies, and as for it selfe to haue [Page 133] fostred or nourished forces to send vnto lande warres, thereby to wrong or prouoke the bordring people, that had not onely beene vniust, but also very incommodious: onely from sea therefore was their daunger, and the same great, if they should not haue beene throughly furnished with meanes of defence. Therefore did the Citie turne all their care to strength and puissance by sea, trayning vp their youth, & framing their whole manner of life thereunto.
The education of the Venetian gentlemen. For the education of their gentlemen hath alwayes beene such, that from their infancie till such time as the heares of their beards beginne to appeare, they should be vnder the tutorship of schoolemaysters, and instructed in learning according to their capacities: and from thence forward (except some fewe wholly addicted to some profession of learning) they shoulde apply themselues to nauigation, being thereunto (as it were) euen drawen by their owne inclination and nature. Many do saile into farre regions, as well by trafique to increase their substance, as also by experience to gain the knowledge of the gouernment, lawes, conditions & customes of other countries. Many put themselues into the gallies of warre, there enuring and practising their bodies to labour, and their minds to the knowledge of the excellent arte of Nauall discipline, in which the Venetians haue (as I say alwaies) beene worthily renowned. And there is an ancient law, continuing euen till these times of ours in force and vigor, that there should be a yearely Encouragement for yong gentlemen to to frequent the sea.stipend allowed out of the common treasure to two young men of the nobilitie in euery armed galley, onely thereby to breed in them a skilfulnesse in matters pertayning to the sea: for the better attayning to the which [Page] there are ordinarily certaine offices assigned vnto them, in the exercise of which they do both profit themselues, and become better enabled to the discharge of greater matters. But to euery of the greater gallies there are These as I suppose are those which they call Galleasses.commonly assigned eight young men of the nobilitie, with a yearely great allowance and stipend, eyther out of the common or priuate mens treasure, accordingly as those Gallies are destinated eyther to the warres or marchandise, and this to no other end, but onely to accustome them to sea seruices: it is also ordayned by a law hauing principall relation to the common vtilitie, that euery priuate merchant shall in the ship wherewith he trafiqueth, allow a yearly pensiō to one or two yong gentlemen, according to the burthen and abilitie of his ship. To which young men is also granted a liberty & priuiledge that they may within the galleyes of burthen, or shippes of priuate men, to which they are assigned, carrie a certaine quantity of marchandise, without paying for the lading thereof any custome or tolle, & if they haue not, or will not carry any themselues, they may sel and passe ouer their right to do the same, to any other that they shall thinke good: wherein there was not onely a regard had to the exercise of the youth, but also to the pouerty of many of the meaner citizens that are in any sorte distressed: so that any man may easily perceyue, that the institution of our youth to warlike exercises was not (as some do suppose) neglected of our auncestors, but that there were two hundred yong men of the nobilitie at least, trayned vp in these shippes and Gallies at other mens charges: and besides there was not any of the gentlemen, but that was eyther brought vp to learning, or els to this seafaring and maritime discipline [Page 135] benefiting thereby not onely their country, but also sundry times exceedingly increasing their wealths and substance.
These ancient lawes and goodly institutions do still continue euen till this time of ours, though sundry young men, being since the increase of our dominion corrupted eyther with ambition, or ryot, haue neglected their countrie customes, and withall the number of citizens is so increased, that through these late afflictions of the warre, and the many charges growing vpon them, there are many more fallen into pouertie, then by the benefite of this law may bee sufficiently relieued: for such is in all worldly thinges the course of nature, that nothing may bee among men perpetuall. But all thinges howsoeuer they seeme at the first perfectly and well ordained, yet in course of time nature still slyding to the worse, they had neede to be mended and renewed, euen as a mans bodie satisfied with his dinners appetite, will not yet maintaine his health, vnlesse it be seconded with a supper: so in euery thing there must be a reliefe and reparation added to the wearing and alwaies downe declining course of nature, of which remedy herein also (if it please God) we wil haue regard: so that there may not any necessary prouision be wanting in this commonwealth of ours. But hitherto of these thinges: now we will speake of those officers and magistrates that haue charge at sea ouer our shippes and nauies.
This Captain they call Sopracomit [...]. Euery Galley being furnished, and in order for the warres, hath for Captaine thereof a Gentleman of the state, who hath power and authoritie ouer all that are in the Galley, saue onely that hee cannot punish with [Page 136] death: euen as in land warres a captayne or a Coronell hath authoritie ouer those that are vnder their companies or regiments: so hath this Captayne of the Galley ouer the mariners and all thinges that are in the Galley, or tending to the prouision thereof.
Gallies set forth by the Venetians to cleere the sea from pyrates. The Venetians do yearely arme forth certain Gallies, though there bee not any other necessitie, yet to make the sea safe and secure from pyrates, and to defend from their oppression honest merchantes that crosse the seas about their businesse, without doing wrong to any man.
Besides these Captains of the Galleyes, there is a Legate The Legate or lieuetenant of the nauie.ouer the whole nauie, who hath full and whole authoritie ouer the same, and ouer the particular Captaines of euery Galley. He (as a Lieutenant generall of the armie, if the Captayne generall bee not present) hath power of life and death, and authoritie to direct the nauie whether it shall please him.
This magistrate is commonly created in time of peace, and hath in his handes the charge of the Gallies of war: but if the occasions of the commonwealth doe so require, and that there be a great nauie indeede to bee set out, then there is appointed & preposed ouer the whole nauie a Captaine generall with high and preheminent A Captain generall ouer the nauy in manner like vnto the Romain Dictatorauthoritie not onely ouer the same, but also ouer all maritime prouinces in manner as great, as that the Romain Dictator was wont to haue, saue onely that this in all things obeyeth the authority of the Senate, and the decrees of the commonwealth. Neuertheles his power is singularly great, as wel ouer the nauy, Legates, captains and Lieuetenants of the same, as also ouer all gouernors and magistrates, that haue gouernment or superintendence [Page 137] in any of the Islandes or maritime places: in so much that when the Captaine generall of the nauie shall come to any Citie, the cleargie is presently to meete him with solemnitie, and the keyes of the gates and castels are to be deliuered vnto him. The authoritie of all the other gouernors for that time ceaseth: and whosoeuer in whatsoeuer cause may appeale from any other magistrate to the Captaine generall: who onely if it shall so please him, may administer iustice, dispose of the publike money, and alone himselfe exercise the office and authority of all the rest. There is among the Venetians no magistrate of higher power, and therefore hee, but seldome and vpon most vrgent occasions created: for not rashly but vpon most waighty & groū ded consideration, is this mighty dignitie, inuesting a priuate citizen with so great and absolute an authority committed to any one.
No General or Captaine may returne into Venice with armed hand. Heere that law is not to be omitted, by which it was ordayned, that no Generall, Legate, or Captaine of a nauie may enter into the citie of Venice with his armed Gallies, no not vpon his returne homewarde: but presently vpon his arriuall at Histria (which prouince is a hundred miles distant from Venice) hee is to deliuer vnto the mariners their stipend and pay, and there to dismisse them, and thence the Gallies are wont to bee brought vnto Venice by some fewe, and to bee placed in the Arsenall vnder the vaultes built for that purpose, where they are preserued from the iniurie eyther of winde or weather: But now this lawe is not wholly obserued in sorte as it was of our auncestors ordayned. Wee haue (in a manner) already reckoned vp all the sortes of magistrates to whome our auncestors haue [Page 138] added as a crowne or toppe, those which by proper appellation deriued from the Greeke, were wont to bee Syndi [...]ks or Reuiditors: in Latine they call them Recognitores. So that we may and not vnfitly call them, I think, Ouerseers, or Examiners.called Sindiks: we by a new name, but perchance more fit to expresse their office, do call them Reuiditors. These are wont euery foure or fiue yeares to be created, and to bee sent into the countries vnder our dominion, as well vpon the firme land, as also the Islandes and maritime places, and there to looke into, and examine the doings of such magistrates and gouernors as haue there authority vnder vs: vpon whome they vse in manner that authority of correction, as is attributed to the Aduocators. For as Aristotle wisely sayeth: They that beare rule, vnlesse they depend of others, doe (such is the euill sway and bent of euerie mans nature) hardly discharge their office well.
We haue now reckoned vp and made an ende of all those offices belonging to Gentlemen, by whome the commonwealth of Venice doth gouerne eyther abroad or at home, it remaineth that we shew you the manner whereby our most prudent auncestors haue retayned the common and meaner people in dutie: a matter surely strange and scarcely credible, that the people being so many yeares depriued of the publique gouernment, did neuer yet refuse nor vnwillingly support the gouernment of the nobilitie, neyther yet did euer attempt any thing whereby the forme of the commonwealth might be altered, and they receyued into the fellowshippe of rule, but haue alwayes hetherto faithfully loued and willingly obeyed the Nobilitie. But now whosoeuer, besides the situation of our Citie (being in deede most opportune and commodious to maintayne a commonwealth) will consider our moderation [Page 139] & temperance in gouernment shall find that the people hath not beene wholly reiected, but receiued into such offices & charges, as might be committed vnto them without detriment or hinderance of the generall good: and that there hath beene in this commonwealth of ours that temperature vsed, that both elder & later commonwealthes haue wanted, the most parte of which were continually disquieted with ciuill dissentions & popular seditious tumults: & lastly by them turned vp side downe & ouerthrowen: whereas in this citie of ours there was neuer any such sedition or vprore of the people, For as I said in the beginning it was necessarie and fitte for the true and perfect institution of a commonwealth, to exclude the common people from the gouernment thereof, wherein our ancestors haue not onely followed the authoritie & opinion of many great philosophers, but also imitated Sesastris that most ancient lawmaker of the Aegyptians, who as Aristotle The opinion of Sostrates the ancient lawmaker of the Egyptiansalleadgeth in his Politiques, woulde haue them that are to defende the commonwealth with armes, or to consult vpon the common good thereof, or to sit in exercise of iustice, to be in their kinds distinguished from husbandmen, & marchants, & those that do liue by mechanicall occupations. Neuerthelesse easily might this institution ouerthrow the commonwealth, vnlesse that temperature bee thereunto adhibited which our most wise and foresightfull auncestors haue vsed.
First therefore among the Venetians this alwaies hath beene most constantly obserued, that iustice should be equally administred to all, and that it be not lawfull for any how great soeuer, to doe wrong or iniurie to the least of the lower or meanest people, in so much [Page 140] that it hath alwaies beene held as a haynous abhomination, & detestable sacriledge, for any gentleman to misvse Plebeyan one of the commō people.a Plebeian: which if at any time any hath rashly, or vnaduisedly presumed to do, he neuer escaped scotfree: and so much more grieuous was his punishment as hee himselfe was greater in degree and estimation. Besides, there is not any thing more carefully prouided for by the Senate, then that there may bee plentie of corne & of all other things that are necessary eyther for the sustenance or safetie and healthinesse of the people: in so much that to preserue the people from want and famine, the common treasure is sometimes exceedingly spent & wasted: which any man may easily perceyue, that shall attentiuely marke that which is before expressed, concerning the presidents of corne, and the healthmaisters of the citie. And commonly all people do require this at the hands of their rulers, that they may liue cōmodiously & in plenty, & that they be not subiect to the oppressions and iniuries of those that are mightier then themselues: which when they haue attained, they go on with their busines secure & carelesse of the rest: of which there was not any thing omitted of our ancestors pertaining to those two pointes: But many things besides added, whereby the commodities of The reliefe of the poorer sort.the people are exceedingly respected, and their pouertie carefully relieued, especially of such that eyther presently do, or at any time haue employed themselues in honest trades of vse and seruice to the commonwealth, and grow at length eyther by age or weakenesse vnable to perseuer therein: for in Venice there are built infinite many houses fitly and commodiously, which are frankely giuen to such kindes of men, wherin during [Page 141] their liues they may liue and their Families without charge: besides within the Arsenall (which is so ample and large, that it representeth the shew of another towne) there is a determinate stipend and yearly allowance giuen to a great multitude of men vnable eyther through age, impotencie, or weakenesse to doe anie worke, onely in regard, that when in their better times they were able, they had imployed their labour in doing seruice to the common wealth, likewise by an ancient statute it is ordained, that in all bargaines of buying and selling of rich marchandize, the one and the The releefe of poor mariners.other, that is both the buyer and the seller, do pay according to the quantitie of the summe, a certaine price which is deuided among poore mariners, that hauing spent their time in that exercise, are through olde age vnable anie longer to continue therein.
But now besides these good institutions and means to retain the common people in duty, there are also certaine lawes, which were as me seemeth established with exceeding wisedome of our auncesters; such as thereby both the peoples ambition, and desire of honour being a humor inseparably possessing the minds of men, may be throughy satisfied, and yet the gouernment of the Nobilitie no way disturbed.
The whole people are deuided into two partes, the one of the honester & best respected sort, the other of the very base common people, as mechanicall, & handicraftes men, and such like whome Aristotle in his politiques The people diuided into two sorts or kindestermeth to be in steade of publike seruantes, eyther of these in my opinion are both fitly and commodiously prouided for, because to this meaner people, who of nature are rather intentiue to gaine then to [Page 142] The people diuided into cō panies fraternities. honour, there are also granted certaine meane degrees, and dignities: for they are deuided into so many companies as there are seuerall trades and occupations, and euery company hath certaine peculiar lawes, vnder which they are in the exercise thereof directed and gouerned, ouer euery of these cōpanies there are chosen by suffrage of the whole company, certaine, that they may well be called as it were maisters of that company: for by their commandement many thinges are prescribed, and many small controuersies by their arbitrement ended, whence it commeth, that all such artificers as can once attaine to that honour, do exceedingly content and please themselues therewith, and do thinke themselues not smally aduanced when they once are come so far, that they are by the rest of their conditiō & company thought worthy of that preheminence, there are besides in euery Company certaine other Officers elected, though inferior to the maisters thereof, yet notwithstanding of good credite, and much respected among the rest, in some sort therefore you see that this desire of honour, which seemeth to be setled euen in the mindes of the lowest and meanest people, is satisfied and prouided for. The other better kinde of people obtaineth also in the Citty of Venice, a better and more honorable place, enioying certaine particular offices and decrees, of especiall reckoning and account, into which no gentleman may be admitted, though some of them be such that aswell for the commoditie, The office of the Secretariesas title of honour thereunto belonging, they might beseeme any Gentleman of Venice, the office of the Secretaries is honest, and of great regard, they sit at the tribunals with euery magistrate, the same is onely [Page 143] geuen to plebeians, and not to any gentleman, which though it be not honorable, yet it is of good respect & estimation, for to their fidelity and carefulnes are committed all the publike bookes and registers, wherein all both publike & priuate matters are contained, of which charge and office whosoeuer is accounted worthy, is both reputed to be a man honest and industrious, and much regarded in euery place, where he commeth, and withal their allowance frō the cōmonwelth is such, that they haue not only means to mantain their families, but also to amplifie their substance, those also that are secretaries Secretaries to the Senate.to the Senate, are all plebeians, and not any gentleman admitted among them, and these are more respected then the other, and therefore wont to bee chosen out of those that are of the honester sort, and ciuiller kinde of people, they haue great stipends out of the common treasure, & are still acquainted with all the proceedinges and deliberations of the Senate, for they are alwayes present at the counsels of the colledge & senate, & therfore held of all men in high estimation, some of these are selected and chosen out to attend vpon the counsell of ten, whose decrees they register vp in bookes, and are priuie to all such things as are handled in the colledge, in which honor they remain as long as they liue, not by turns, as the gentlemen do in their offices, of which there is not any perpetuall, but that of the Procurators: of these Secretaries to the Senate one The chiefe Secretarie to the Senate is Chā celor of Veniceis aboue the rest, & is called Chancelor of Venice, a name of great dignitie and honour, for the Procurators onely excepted, there is not any Gentleman but giueth him place, he is acquainted with euery secret of the common wealth, & hath great rents allowed him out of [Page 144] the common treasure, and when he dyeth, his obsequies are honored with a funerall oration, which dignity is not in Venice yeelded to any, vnlesse it be to the Duke or to some Cittizen of extraordinarie deserte, and to none else, the Chancelour representing as it were the prince of the common people, hee onely is chosen in the Sessions of the great Councell, the other Secretaries are created by the Colledge of tenne, and are subiect to their censure, if they make any faulte in the publike office, which they execute, likewise are the popular assemblies and companies of artificers and maisters of euery occupation, and some others of whome wee will speake hereafter, depend vppon the arbitrement of the tenne, and are subiect to their authority, being by the same instituted at the first, and now still ordered and maintained, and surely the creation of this officer being at the first onely to auoide the daunger of these popular meetinges and assemblies, was not done without exceeding prouidence and foresight, least otherwise their fraternities and assemblies being at the first ordained for the common good, might in time vnder colour of assembling, to doe their dutie, haue tempted something preiudiciall to the common welths quietnesse.
There are besides these fiue fellowshippes and societies Fiue other fellowships and societies vnder the names of plaine sancts.in Venice protected vnder the name and religion of certaine saintes, in which there are innumerable nū bers of men both plebeians and Patricians, of which euery one hath his peculiar kinde of attire, ornament, & ensigne, which they neuerthelesse do not vse at all times but onely when they goe in procession, or to honour any mans funerall, or else to any solemne seruice, they [Page 145] do vsually assemble euery holyday, first hearing diuine seruice, and then going about vnto the churches o the Saintes, honoring the high and immortall God, with pompous solemnitie of supplication and prayer.
Euery of these fellowships hath his particular house, and in the same a goodly and spatious hall, in which vpon appointed dayes they do all meete to performe the duties which they do owe vnto religion, sometimes they haue Masse there solemnly celebrated, sometimes they go altogether to visite the church of some Saints oftentimes they solemnize the obsequy and funerall of one of their deceased brothers, offering oblations and dirges for his sinnes: besides those spatious halles euery of them hath an appointed seuerall roome, wherein both the heades and presidentes of these fellowships do meete, their office continueth but a yeare, and is among the Plebeians of especiall dignity and prerogatiue, their meetinges are to consult and take care for such thinges as are necessarie and fit for the good of the fellowshippe, and likewise there is committed to their trust a great quantitie of money, which i s to bee bestowed vpon the poore: for such and so exceeding in times past, was the estimation of these fellowshippes, that many who by testamēt had ordained and bequeathed the distribution of their goodes to the vse of the poore, would make these to bee their executors, and wholy referre the bestowing thereof to their discretion, insomuch that some of these fellowships in greatnesse of matters committed to their charge do scarsely giue place vnto the Procurators of that marke, which is one of the most honourable offices belonging to [Page 146] the Patrician, of which none though he be a brother No Patrician may be head of these fiue fellowships.of the fellowship, may attaine to any of the precedentships thereof, that dignitie belonging onely to the plebeians, wherein also they imitate the nobility, for these heades of societies doe among the people in a certaine manner represent the dignitie of the procurators, but to the end that neither their societies, nor their heads, may any way be daungerous or cumbersome to the common wealth, they are all restrained vnder the power and authoritie of the Councell of ten, so that they may not in any thing make any alteration, nor assemble together, vnlesse it be at appointed seasons, without their leaue and permission, such honours doe the plebeians of eyther sort attaine vnto in this commonwealth of ours, to the end that they should not altogether thinke themselues depriued of publike authority, and ciuile offices, but should also in some sort haue their ambition satisfied, without hauing occasion either to hate or perturbe the estate of nobilitie, by which equall temperature of gouernment, our common wealth hath attained that, which none of the former haue, though otherwise honorable and famous, for from the first beginning till this time of ours it hath remained safe and free this thousand and two hundred yeares, not only from the domination of Straungers, but also from all ciuile and intestine sedition of any moment or weight, which it hath not accomplished by any violent force, armed garrisōs, or fortified towers, but onely by a iust and temperate manner of ruling, insomuch that the people do obey the nobilitie with a gentle and willing obedience, full of loue and affection, & farre from the desire of any straunge change, of which [Page 147] this time of ours hath made euident proofe, for when all the greatest princes of Christendome had combined themselues together with intention vtterly to ouerthrow, deface and abolish the greatnesse, glorie, & the very name of the Venetians, and that our armie had beene vanquished by Lewes king of France, neare to the Cittie of Cassano in the territorie of Cremona, with incredible slaughter: and the Almaines of one side, and Iulius Bishop of Rome, threatning and besieging vs with their armies, and all our dominions vpon the maine land, being reuolted from the Venetian gouernment. In this our extremitie and generall perturbation the people of Venice, were so farre from attempting any thing against the Nobilitie, that weeping, they threw themselues at their feete, offering their liues and goodes to the defence of the common wealth, and in effect reforming it, for hauing easily recouered Iadoua through the great loue and affection of the inhabitants towardes vs, when Maximilian the Emperour, raising euery where forces, came with a mighty Armie to besiege the same Cittie, many not onely of the Gentlemen, but also of the plebeians, waging sundrie souldiers at their owne charge, went vnto the defence thereof, indeuoring themselues there, in such noble and valorous sort, that the Emperour was constrained to withdraw his Army, without deliuering so much as one assault to the Cittie, neither with greater adoe were the rest of the Citties recouered, they all flocking againe to the Venetian Empire, as to a wished hauen of all securitie and calmenesse: an excellent argument of a iust domination to gouerne those that are desirous and willing so to be gouerned, which that it falleth not out so [Page 148] without cause, as any man may perceiue that shall marke the course of our proceedinges, for we leaue to euery The equity & temperance of the Venetians gouernment.citty that commeth into the fellowship of our gouernment, their own municipate lawes and statutes, and the Cittizens, euery one in their owne citties, obtaine many great and honorable places, and not a few towns of those abroad in the countrie, are gouerned by magistrates of their owne, chosen among themselues, as for those citties that are of greater fame, and in which our gouernours do rule, there do alwaies sit with them in Iustice, Doctors of the law, with whome our gouernours are to consult before they determine any thing, which is both a matter of great honour and reputation, as also of great gaine and commoditie vnto them, these manner of offices may not bee executed by any of the Nobilitie of Venice, but are eyther chosen from among the plebeians, or else, and that in a manner alwaies from out the citties, subiected to our fellowship. And therfore it may easilie appear, that this our commonwealth is tempered with that moderatiō, which seemeth chiefly and neerest to imitate nature.
For in the body of a liuing creature the office of looking about, and seeing is attributed onely to the eyes, and the other lesse noble offices, left vnto the other members that are depriued of the vse of seeing, obaying and not dissenting from that which by the eyes they are enformed, but going and bending themselues thether, whether they are by them directed, and so the whole frame of the body is preserued and maintained in an excellent vnity and agreement, which not vnlike reason is the supreme rule of thinges in the commonwealth of Venice committed to the Gentlemen, as to [Page 149] the eyes of the citie, and the vnnobler offices to the people, both together making a happie and wel compacted bodie: The eyes of the commonwealth, not onely seeing for themselues, but for all the other members, and the other partes of the citie, not so much regarding themselues, as willingly obeying the direction of the eyes, as being the principallest partes of the commonwealth, whereas whatsoeuer commonwealth shall suffer it selfe to be carried away into that folly and madnes, (as to many it hath happened) that the people will challenge vnto it selfe the office of seeing, & vsurpe the exercise of the eyes, necessarily the whole commonwealth must tumble into a downefall and ruine: And on the other side if the gentlemen shal onely prouide for their owne good, neglecting that of the other members, stirring thereby the people to enuie & indignation, it were impossible that it should go wel eyther with the one or the other. Our ancestors therefore by the imitation of nature haue prouided both for the one and the other inconuenience, and haue therein vsed the iust temperature and excellent moderation, that none (vnlesse he be worse then a detractor) may any way blame or finde fault with a gouernment so vertuously established, and so temperately maintayned: which I beseech the Almighty and euerliuing God long to preserue in happinesse and safetie. For if it bee credible that any good thing commeth to men from God: then can there nothing bee more assured then that this great felicity is happened to the Citie of Venice through the onely blessing of his bountifull goodnesse.
Sundry Notes and Collections which I haue gathered as well by reading and obseruation, as also by conference with Venetian Gentlemen, skilfull in the state of their countrey, for the better vnderstanding of sundry points, eyther not at all touched in the former discourse, or else so obscurely, that the reader being a stranger cannot thereby rest fully satisfied, especially if he haue a curious desire to know euery particular of their gouernment. But this being added vnto the former, I doubt not but the state of the whole shal be so cleerly and exactly deliuered vnto him, as though (if it were possible) he should see the same in a glasse.
THe Citie of Venice is seated vpon certaine Islands within the lakes of The situation of the Citie of Venice described by Donato Gianotti a Florentine, more plain & particular in mine opinion then that of Contaren us.the Adriatique sea, directly ouer against that place where the riuer Brenta, that runneth along the territory of Padoua, not long since entred into those lakes: for the better knowledge of the nature and manner of which lakes, you must vnderstand that the Prouince of Marca Treuizana, which the ancients called Venetia (whence this happie and famous Citie deriueth her beginning) lyeth so low along the shore of the Adriatique sea, that what through the waters of many riuers that fall from the maine lande, as also the ouerflowinges of the sea, which enter in through the gappes and breaches of that [Page 151] huge and mightie banke, which they call Lito Maggior, a great space thereof within the said banke remayneth Lito Maggiorfennish and in water: which space resembleth a bended bow, the hollownesse of the land compassing and embracing the same being the bowe, and the string being this great banke I speake of, seruing as a bulwarke or rampire against the violence of the sea: reaching from the point of the saide sea, otherwise called Sinus Adriaticus, and so extending it selfe (in a manner) still The banke extendeth it selfe 60. miles.in a direct & straight line, till it come to ioyne with the shore of the mayne lande vnder Brondolo. This banke hath here and there certaine gappes, at which the sea at full tydes entreth in, and at low and ebbing water goeth out againe, and through them likewise doe those riuers that runne into the lakes passe into the sea.
Those openings are also called Portes or Hauens, because they giue entry and passage to such ships, as come and go from all partes of the world. The principallest of them are those of Brondolo, of Chioggia, of Malomocco, of Castella, of S. Erasmo, Lito Maggior, and the Treports. All that space then, which is betweene the said banke & the firme land, is the same which we call the lakes of the Adriatique sea, which yet are not so wholly drowned in water, but that there are therein many vncouered & dry places, which are those Islands in which the bordering people saued themselues from the tempestuous & barbarous furie of the Gothes and Vandales: and being there assembled together, did lay the foundation of this noble Citie: which where it is neerest, is fiue miles off from the maine lande, and two from the banke: it was in times past ten miles off from the maine land, the lakes then stretching to that place vppon the Brente, [Page 152] which (as many thinke) was then for that cause called Ora Lacus. Ora Lacus, and is now called Oriago. But now notwithstanding Oriago.all possible diligence vsed by the Venetians to the contrary, all the way is quite dryed vp between that Leccia Fusina,towne and Leccia Fusina, where the boates that come from Padoua to Venice, or go from Venice to Padoua, are lifted ouer the banke or ssuce that keepeth the fresh water and the salt from meeting by certayne instrumentes like vnto our Cranes.
The citie of Venice is diuided into two partes with a channell, which they call Il Canal grande, one parte of The great channel that parreth the citie of Venice in two.which looketh towardes the South and▪ the West, and the other towardes the East and the North. The channell slideth through in forme of the letter S. marked contrarily as here you see it S. it runneth ouer all with conuenient depth and breadth, as Arnus doth through Florence and Pisa, Tiber through Rome, and the Adice through Verona. They say that this channell was first made by the Brente, when it entred into the sea by the breach in the banke, called Porto di Castella, before such Many other channels enter into the great channellstime as the course thereof was stopped and diuerted at Leccia Fusina. Many other channelles also of conuenient greatnesse with which Venice is adorned as other cities are with streetes) haue recourse into the same: for the most parte of these you must go by boate, vnlesse it bee some that haue a little pathe on one of the sides, and Streetes in Venice.some on both sides, but they are few.
There are also in Venice many lande streetes, which they cal Calli, but they are nothing faire: for besides that they are neyther long nor straight, they are so very narrow, that two men can scarce go together in one of them side by side.
[Page 153] Bridges ouer the lesser channels. Ouer the chanels there are made many little bridges of stone, that do ioyne one streete to another, yet not so thicke, but that sometimes when you would go from one place to another, which is but hard at hande, you must fetch a great circuit about.
Vpon the great channel there is but one only bridge, and the same of wood, standing in the most frequented part of the citie: for it ioyneth the Bialto, which is the place where the marchantes meet, with the streete that leadeth to the high Church, where the Dukes Pallace standeth. But because euery one that woulde passe the channell, shall not neede to come to this bridge so farre Diuers ordinarie passages or ferries ouer the great channel.about out of his way, there are in diuers places certaine ordinary ferry boats, vpon which pooremen do attend to set ouer such as shall require them: they are appointed what number of persons they shall ferry ouer at once, and withall what they shall take of euery passenger. Likewise all the other lesser channelles are full of little boates, which they call Gondolas, to passe vp and downe along the Citie, which the Venetians doe vse in steed of horses, Mules and coaches. The gentlemen haue many seruing to their owne vse, and many besides, wherewith their seruants gaine them money: so that the number of those boats is exceeding great. The beauty of the citie is much better perceyued by water then by land, for the channels be vniuersally large, & all the fayrest buildinges of the citie are seated vpon them, The fayrest shew of the citie answereth vpon the water.which though the answere also vpon the streetes (for euery one hath two entries, one by water, another by land) yet the fayrest shew is commonly still to the water. There are also sundry very faire houses, whose principall front is to the streete, but the narrownesse of [Page 154] the streetes hindereth and eclipseth the magnificence of their sight.
Much garbage and filthinesse falleth from the citie into the channels, which is carryed away by the flowing and ebbing of the water, and yet that alone would not serue the turne, but that they are also continually cleansed and taken away.
T [...]e ayre of Venice very healthy. In times passed (as Victruuius writeth) the ayre of Venice, by reason of the lakes was thought to be vnholsome, but now they hold that the ayre of Venice & Padoua is purer and more healthy then in any other parte of Italie, in so much that there is not in any place to be found more lustly old men, well coloured & of good complexions.
Donatus distinguisheth the inhabitants of Venice into Three sorts & degrees among the Venetians.three parts, viz. Plebeyans, citizens & Gentlemen. The Plebeians he tearmeth to be those that exercise base arts vtterly vncapable of office or degree in the commonwealth: the citizens to be marchantes & men of a degree aboue the other, capable of certaine popular offices: and the gentlemen to bee those of the great councell, Lords of the state, &c. as aboue.
But this distinction is particular vnto himselfe, contrary to Sabellicus, Contarene, and the rest, who onely diuide them into two, Plebeians, and Patritians, viz. the common people, and the gentlemen.
The first beginnings of the city were in the year 421. The beginnings of the citie.the first part that was builded thereof was the church of S. Iames, that is now to be seene in the Rialto.
In the yere 1342. (Andrea Dandulo being Duke) there A great plague.died of the pestilence so great a multitude of people in Venice, that to repeople the same againe they were faine [Page 155] to grant to all such as would come dwell within Venice, after two yeares habitation, freedome of their citie.
Their number of fighting men. There are reckoned to be twenty thousand houses in the Citie, so that according to their computation allowing out of euery family two, they are able to arme fortie thousand fighting men, and in former times haue done so.
The gentlemen of the state abrode and at home are thought to be 3000. They are absolutely Lordes of the citie and whole estate both by sea and land.
The children and brethren of the Duke liuing, and of the Dukes that are deceased, are alwayes helde in very great honour and much respected.
The balles which they do vse in the great councel are eyther of Copper or Tin, of which some are guilted, & some siluered. Whosoeuer is chosen Elector for any office, may if he shall so thinke good, name himselfe in the same, and so stand to the comprobation of the suffrages, as in the former treatise is mentioned.
When any waightie matter is to bee handled in the great councell, as the establishment of a new law, or the definitiue determination of any great iudgement, there must of necessitie be 600. gentlemen in the hall, & foure Councellors, or else the same may not passe.
Signori delle Pompe. There are certaine magistrates, of whom the former treatise maketh no mention, called Signiori delle pompe, who are diligently to looke into the reformation of apparell, and moderation of excesse generally in all other expenses, and finally to see all such lawes strictly obserued as are in those behalfes prouided. Censors.
There are likewise of late instituted and created with great authoritie two Censors, whose office is chiefly to [Page 156] represse the ambition of the gentlemen, & to looke with seueritie into their faultinesse. There was a law lately propounded by them in the great councell, and by the same with great allowance ratified and enacted, that thence forward there should bee no congratulation vsed at breaking vp of the Councell, with those that had obtayned offices and honours: which still remayneth in vigor and force, for before time euery man at the opening of the Councell, woulde presse to take them by the hand, that were elected for Magistrates, protesting with many vowes, that they were glad in their harts, of the honour and aduauncement befallen them, yea euen those would say so that had giuen their suffiages against them, which was by the Censors iudged to bee a great abuse, and vnworthy of the Venetian nobilitie, being in all other things so graue & honorable.
Vpon the death of the Duke, the six high counsellors do presently enter into the pallace: the eldest counsellor supplying the place of the deceased Duke, and dispatching sundry things that do appertain vnto the royall office. All letters that in the mean time the state sendeth forth, are entituled vnder the name of the gouernors, & all such as are sent vnto them, are so directed & superscribed. They neuer stirre out of the Pallace till the creation of the new Duke. The great gates also of the Pallace are closed, and onely a wicket left open for people to go in and out, keeping there also a guarde of men, the same rather for a solemnitie and auncient custome, then any needfull occasion. For there is in the Cittie of Venice no greater alteration at the death of their Duke, then at the death of any [Page 157] other priuate Gentleman, onely the magistrates doe not in the meane while assemble about the dispatch of affaires till the creation of the new Duke, hauing no leysure by reason of their busines thereabout to attende to any thing else.
The Dukes funerall. The body of the dead Duke being adorned with royall garments is brought into a lower hal, which they cal Sala de Pioueghi, where it is kept three dayes together, & there are twentie Gentlemen all attyred in skarlet, appointed to accompany the corps into the said hall, and to sit round about it, which likewise they do the following dayes, at the end whereof his funerall is solemnised with all requisite pompe and magnificence.
After the buriall of the Duke the great Councell is presently assembled, and in their first sitting there are chosen fiue Correctors, and three Inquisitors, the office of the Inquisitors is diligently to examine the life and Their office continueth but a yeare after the Dukes death.actions of the passed Duke, and whether he had obserued their countrie lawes, if they finde him faultie, they are bound to accuse him; and the penalty by him deserued, lighteth alwaies vpon his heires, who yet are no otherwise punished then onely by the purse, they amerced the heyres of Loredanus one of their late Dukes, in 1500. Crownes, onelie because he had not vphelde his dignity, with such maiesty and magnificence, as he should haue done, and yet otherwise all they acknowledge him to haue beene a very wise, and well deseruing prince.
The office of the Correctors is to see whether it bee necessarie to make any new law, or to correct or amend anie abuse crept in vnder the gouernment of the other Prince.
[Page 158] When the Duke goeth abroad, all the belles of S. Marke are rung, and there go before him sounding many trnmpets of very extraordinarie greatnesse, and there are likewise borne before him certain streamers and banners, then a cushin, and a chayre of golde, and musicke next followeth the person of the Duke vnder a Cannopie in the midst of two of the chiefe Ambassadors, the rest following him behinde, then follow next after them thirtie couples of Gentlemen, wearing all garments after the Ducall fashion, eyther of cloth, or skarlet, he that is on the right hand of the first couple, carrieth a sword vpright in his hand.
The Duke hath yearely allowed him out of the cō mon A thousande and fifty pound of our money.treasure, 3500. crownes towardes his expence.
Euery wednesday the Duke vseth to come downe from his Tribunal, and to go to the courts where the other Iudges and Magistrates do administer Iustice, and to looke into their proceedinges, exhorting and admonishing them to do that which equitie and right requireth, & if any suitor do thinke there that his case is not iustly delt withall, he may with al hūblenes recommend the same vnto the Duke, which if the Duke findeth to be so indeede, hee presentlie commandeth the magistrate to do him reason: but if contrarie, he then reprehendeth him that made the complaint, and so proceedeth on forward: some of the late Dukes haue changed this order, and do not keepe any one certain day in this visitation of Courtes, to the end that they might chaunce in vpon the magistrates on a suddaine, and take them at vnwares.
Whereas Contaren, in the former treatise writeth of a present of fiue wild Duckes, which the Duke was [Page 159] yearely accustomed to send to euery Gentleman that The yearelie present of wildfoule altered into money.had not beene at his feast, now since the time in which he wrote, that kind of present is turned into a peece of siluer coyne, vpon one side of which is the picture of a marke reaching a standarde to the Duke, and on the other the names of the Duke, with the yeare of his raign with this circumscription. Donum A. G. Ducis Venetorum.
The counsell of tenne is a mightie member of the Venetian commonweealth, hauing in some sort a kinde of likenesse, in authority to the Romaine Dictator, that was created in times of danger: for in matters of great importance deepely touching the estate of the commō wealth, that require eyther secresie or speed of dispatch, eyther of the which shold be hindred, if they shold cō municate the same to the great coūcel, or to the Senate, they may of themselues determine and end it, as to denounce a warre, to conclude a peace, to sende a proueditor into the armie, or to manage vnderhande a secret practise, of eyther of which they haue many presidents of happy successe to the state alwayes in these speedy deliberations, there assemble with them, the Duke and six Councellers, which assembly is simply & absolutely called the Councell of the tenne, the Councell of tenne haue certaine Gallies in the Arsenall particularly Capi de dieci: heads of the ten.belonging to their commandement & charge, signed with these two letters c. and x. for Capi de dieci. The power and authoritie of this Colledge of tenne is so great, & by reason thereof so subiect to enuy of the rest, that sundry times whē their terms were expired, there was much a doe to consent to the creation of these successors, for remedy of which inconnenience, there was [Page 160] such means wrought, that there was a law made, that the old Councell of ten shold keepe themselues still in authority, till such time as those new that should succeede in their places, were created & established, and fully confirmed.
The office of Procurators, though it be not any of those, wherein the vertue and force of the common wealths gouernment consisteth, yet it is one of the greatest, most desired, and best respected dignities of Venice, continuing, during the life of those that are once elected euen like to that of the Duke, it is also one of the auncientest offices, still from time to time maintaining it selfe in honour and reputation, euen vnto this present age, so that there was neuer in Venice any gentleman of any principall reckoning, but that did thinke himselfe greatly honored with this dignitie, and since the first institution thereof, few haue beene chosen Dukes, that had not first beene Procurators.
Anciently there was only one procurator appointed to haue care of the Temple of Saint Marke, and of the holy Ornamentes, and Treasures thereunto belonging.
But afterwardes vpon the death of the D. Sebastian Ciam, who left a great and mighty beqeuest to S. Marke, & withal, the ouersight and charge of al his rents & reuenews to the procurator, the greatnes whereof exceeding the sufficiencie of any one magistrate throughly to take care of, and withall not to neglect his other charges belonging to the Temple; there was an other Procurator created to take charge alone of this Legacy, and bequest of Sebastian Ciam, whose honest fidelitie corresponding to the trust reposed in him, encouraged [Page 161] many at their deathes, to leaue the administration of their goods vnto him insomuch that he growing vnable to beare the burthen of so many affaires, there was a third procurator chosen in the yeare 1270. Rimeri zen o Belling then Duke, and the busines so deuided betweene them, that one should looke to the Temple, and the Treasures thereof, another to those Legacies that were made on this side of the greate Channell, and the thirde to those that were made on the further side thereof: in this Dukes time was also the fourth created and appointed to assist him that had the charge of the Temple of S. Marke, and the treasures thereof in equall authority, two more were made in the time of D. Giouani Soueranzo, and three more in the yeare 1423. Francisco Foscaro being Duke, so that they were in all nine, three for the Temple of S. Marke, and the church Treasures, three for the ouersight of Legacies, made on this side of the great channell, and three for those on the further side, the yeare 1509. when their Armie was ouerthrowne at Adda, by Lewes the 12. king of Fraunce, the commonwealth being in distresse, they were contented for a summe of money to impart this dignitie to six more, and since haue beene so many made, that they come in all to be foure and twenty, all the rest that are added to the first nine, haue seuerall procuration appointed them, as you may reade in the former Treatise, they haue likewise authority to constraine the heyres to perform the Will of the testators: they weare such fashioned garmentes as the Duke doth, and are followed with many seruants, in procession the six Councellers do goe before them & the three heades of the Forty, for as they goe along the [Page 162] Councellers and the saide heades are vpon the right hand, and the Procurators vpon the left, they haue euery one a dwelling place, or else forty Ducates a yeare allowed them.
They all are admitted into the Senate, but not into the Councell of tenne, saue onely nine of the eldest and best respected, they cannot obtaine any other office, vnlesse it be of the chiefe sages, or else the Giunta to the councell of tenne, and when there is a captain generall of the army, or a proueditor of the campe to be chosen, there is a law made in the Senate, that whosoeuer is a procurator, may obtain that dignitie, which is so ordained, to the end that such great and weightie charges should be executed by men of great estimation and honour, they may not come into the great counsel, but onely by the election of the Duke, which is lately graunted by a speciall decree, they were wont to stand in the Court without the great Councell, when the same was assembled, and there to stay during the continuance of the Councell, within the pallace, to the end that if any disorder should happen, they might be at hand to amend it, and this in likelihoode was the occasion, that they were first forbidden to enter into the Councell: but not this custome of assembling themselues, and staying in the courte, while the councel sitteth, is no longer obserued, which proceedeth through the quiet and generall securenesse of the cittie: insomuch that they thinke it altogether needlesse for the Procurators to be morein one place then in another.
These three councels of the Forty are exceedingly well discoursed of in the former treatise, neuerthelesse [Page 163] for the full and cleare vnderstanding of their seuerall offices and dignities, I thought good to set here downe some particularities by him omitted, the recitall of which, though perchance in his opinion he deemed needelesse, yet I iudge them not vnnecessarie to those that doe desire to haue a perfect knowledge of the Venetian gouernment.
The first of these three councels of forty are as you haue heard, the new, for ciuile matters abroad, the second for ciuile matters within, and the third is called the crim inall councell, which is not onely aboue all causes criminall both at home and abroade, that are brought vnto it by vertue of appeale, but also doth of it self determine many entire causes, that are not touched of any other magistrare, the forty are chosen in the great councell, and must all passe the age of 30. yeares, the other offices any gentleman may attaine at the age of 25. years: the election is not made all in one day, but in eight seuerall dayes, & sitting in euery of which they chuse fiue vpon the choice of these new forty, they are straight admitted into the new ciuile councell, and doe enter thence into the old ciuile councell, and they of the old ciuile presentlie into the criminal, as you heard before, so that passing 8. moneths, in either their whole time of authority is 2. yeares, there are ouer euery of these, 43. heades, and two vnder heades, which authority they hold onely two moneth s a peece, the heads of the last forty which are the criminall Iudges, are they that do ioyn with the Duke & councellors, & with thē do represent the person of the Venetian gouernment. These heads & vnderheads are all elected by lot.
[Page 164] There are also in the great Councell, three manner of Magistrates created, that do bring in and propound causes, euery one to the forty appointed him, the first are the three Aduocators of the common which doe bring in the causes to the Criminall forty.
The second are the three old Auditors that doe bring in the home ciuile causes, to the old ciuile Forty.
The thirde are the three new Auditors that do bring all forrein ciuile causes, into the new ciuile Forty.
The Aduocators of the common, is a dignity of great account, and neuer graunted but to men of greate yeares, wisedome, and experience, his chiefest charge is to see the lawe strictly obserued, and therefore in iudgement he is alwaies against the offender.
There are also many that are Aduocators, whose office is to pleade in causes, eyther of accusing or defendiug, accordingly, as they are eyther by the plaintife or defendant, entertained: it is not of necessity requisit that they be Doctors of law, or that they haue therein much studyed, onely that they be skilfull in the statutes, & ordenances of the commonwealth, they must all be gentlemen, for there is an ancient law, that none may plead before the magistrate, vnlesse he bee a gentleman: and therefore there are in the great Councell chosen 24. Aduocators, 20. for the offices of the palays, and 4. for the Ryalto: of which euery one that goeth to law, is bound to entertayn one, and to pay him a certain fee, and he likewise is bound to defend his cause, who entertaineth him, the place where they plead, is somewhat high, & they haue at their feet the notary of the 40 with such writings as they mean to produce, & diuerse [Page 165] times amid their pleading they command him to reade now one Chapter, now one writing, and then another, as the cause requireth. The time that eyther partie is allowed for speech is an hower and a halfe, besides the time that is spent in reading the writinges: in so much that when the Aduocate speaketh, there is an houre glasse helde vpright, and when the writinges are read, the same is turned vpon one side, to the ende the sand shoulde not fall through, and then is turned vpright againe when he beginneth to speake. When eyther part hath alleadged his reasons, & that sentence is to be giuē the youngest of the fortie causeth euery of the Iudges to sweare that he will giue that sentence, which in his conscience he shall thinke to be iust, & then they go to their suffrages, in manner as you may see in the former treatise.
All causes that are brought vnto the Aduocators are registred vp by their secretarie, one first, the other next, & so forth, in order as they come, and looke in what order they are registred, in the same are they by them brought in, and propounded to the fortie, except it be some, which though they come last, yet they are still first dispatched, as the case of prisoners, of burialles, of medicines, of corne, of rewardes, of Orphlins, of neere kindred, as if the brother should pleade with his brother, or the father with his sonne: these causes are alway first heard, and likewise all such as any way pertaine to the office or administration of the Procurators.
The dominion of the Venetians is diuided into two partes, the one by sea, the other by land, out of eyther of which they receyue a great yearely in-come. Of the two they account the firme lande reuenewe to bee the [Page 166] greater, especially their possessions in Lombardie are maruellous rich and auayleable vnto them: where besides many other townes, castels, and villages, they possesse seuen faire cities, as Treuigi, Padoua, Vicenza, Verona, Brescia, Bergamo, and Crema. By sea they are Lords of Cypres, Candia, Corfu, and many other Islandes. Vppon the coastes also of Sclauonia, Dalmatia and Histria, they possesse many goodly Cities and castelles. Besides these the rents of their owne citie, their customes and tolles by sea, and their ordinarie yearely taxation or rather (as they call it) tribute of the inhabitantes, amounteth to an excessiue summe: in so much that their reuenews one way or other is knowne to beat the least 1200000. Duckets by the yeare: their charges & yearely occasions of disburstment are likewise very great, for alwaies they do entertain in honorable sort, with great prouision a Captaine generall, who alwaies is a stranger borne: he that now enioyeth that place is one Iohn Baptista de Monte a Florentine borne, a notable soldier, and a very honourable Gentleman, one vnder whome I haue serued in the warres, and am in all thankefulnesse to acknowledge many fauors that I receiued both from him and his brother Camillo de Monte. Besides they do continually entertayne in pay a thousand men at armes, and a great number of footemen, sufficient to keepe and defend those places, in the which they keep garisons alway, as well in times of warre, as of peace: they giue likewise great pensions to many gentlemen and Captaines, whose seruice they vse when neede requireth. The most part of their land forces they maintaine in Lombardie, where by reason of the aboundance of victuailes they may liue commodiously, and when [Page 167] time of warre so requireth, they send them thence whither they shall thinke good. They also keepe continually tenne or twelue armed Gallies of warre, which are distributed in Cypres, Candia, and Corfu, and other commodious places. In euery Galley they haue 150. rowers: for there are 50. benches, and vpon euerie bench three rowers, besides euery one contayneth betweene 80. and 100. soldiers to fight. The charges of euery Galley one way or other amount to 700. duckettes a month, likewise their prouisions of warre and the charges of and concerning their Arsenall are of an infinite and excessiue expence.
They haue alwaies armour in the Arsenall to arme ten thousand men, and in the armory of the Dukes pallace to arme 1500. against whatsoeuer sodaine inconuenience might happen, besides an innumerable quantity of munition pertaining to the sea, and artillery of all sort in maruellous proportion. In times of warre and necessitie they do sometimes propose great offices and dignities to sale for a certaine summe of money: for which when sundry offer the summe proposed, yet none is elected vnlesse he ouercome his competitors and riuals by suffrage, so that commonly not withstanding the sale thereof, yet the same neuer falleth vpon any but vpon the wisest and most sufficient men.
Collections taken out of the historie of Signior Bernardo Giustiniano, a Gentleman of Venice.
TOuching the original of the name of the Venetians, there are sundry opinions. Some write that they come of a certaine people of Asia, called Eneti, who after the destruction of Troy, hauing lost Philemene their king, came with their nauie vnder the conduct of Antenor, into those lakes of the Adriatique sea, giuing the name of Veneti vnto that part of Italy where they setled, which opinion is by Liuie maintayned. Plinie, Cato, and Cornelius Nepos, deriue the Venetians absolutely from the of spring of the Troianes.
Seruius Grammaticus will needes haue their nomination to come from Enetus king of the Sclauonians. But once, howsoeuer they differ in their true originall: they all agree that they are of great antiquitie, & famous euen in their first beginnings. The Cantons of Venice did before the inhabitation of the lakes, vnder that name embrace a great circuite vppon the mayne lande, as all Marca Treuigiana, and the greater part of Foro Iulio: but now onely the Iles, & inhabited places within the lakes [Page 169] do retaine and peculiarly challenge to themselues the name of Venice.
The situation thereof is so strange and singular in it selfe, that it brooketh no comparison or resemblance with any other Citie, eyther of this present or former ages: the manner wherof is this. There is a long banke that encompasseth the vtmost Gulfe of the Adriatique sea: within the inner parte whereof are certaine great marishes or fennes, occasioned partly by the descent of the riuers from the maineland, partly by the flowing of the sea: within these were sundry little townes, built by those that endeuoured to defende themselues from the furie of the land warres, and lastly Venice.
Nature the mistresse and best working perfectresse of thinges, defendeth them from the violence of the sea, by the opposition of this banke, increased with huge heapes of sand: and yet not altogether without the artifice and trauaile of man, by fortifying against the sea in places needful, with strong palisadoes and mightie peeres or bulwarkes of stone. These lakes were in times passed vpon their brinkes to the maine land encompassed and adorned with many great and renowned cities, as Aquileia on the east side thereof, sometimes a famous Colonie of the Romanes: next vnto it Concordia, then Vderzo, then Altinos, likewise Triuigi and Padoua, then the Moncellese, which some will needes haue to be that which was called Acello, then vpon the bounding and shutting vp of the vtmost point Adria & Rauenna, which was in those daies also inuironed about with marishes and fennes, and cleansed by certaine ditches, that (as Strabo writeth) were made for the same purpose: but whereas in the beginninges of Augustus [Page 170] Caesar the buildings thereof were all of woode.
Afterwards Augustus and his successors Tiberius, Traiane, Valentian, and Theodoricke, enobled it with goodly edifices, of marble and free stone, each of them doing somewhat, as well in erection of many sumptuous priuate pallaces, as publique magnificent Temples, for the Gods. And withall they filled and choaked vp those marishes, in sorte that they reduced them to firme ground, so that whereas before it was of all sides enuironed about with those waters, it is now distant three miles from them.
Besides sundry of lesse reckoning, there do disgorge downe into these Lakes, seuen famous riuers that come descending from the Alpes: as Taliagmento, Liuenza, La Piaue, La Brenta, Bachiglione, Adice and Poe: which two last riuers, the Adice and the Poe haue filled and stuffed vp those parts of the Lakes, into which they fall with sande, and the like haue sundry of the other riuers done in many places: but where the industrie and trauaile of men hath defended and preuented the inconuenience thereof. For those marishes and Lakes, whose length in times passed little lesse extended then two hundred miles, are now reduced to the halfe thereof. Their breadth where they are now at largest, not being aboue twelue mile, whereas in the time of our ancestors it was twice as much, which being a thing that the enemies of the Venetian State could neuer accomplish, though with great endeuour many times they attempted to choke and drie vp those Lakes, time hath by little and little, by the descent of those land riuers effected it without any forraine violence, in dispight of all the defences opposed by the Venetians. The great [Page 171] encompassing banke hath in manner as many ruptures and passages as are the great riuers that descend into the lakes: at which the tides of the sea go in & out, ebbing and flowing euery sixe houres by turne.
The floud neuer ariseth higher then foure feet within the Gulfe, vnlesse sometime when the winde Seirocco bloweth with an extraordinary violence, & then sometimes it ariseth to the height of seuen feet.
Sebastian Munsters description of the Citie of Venice.
VEnice was first the name of a Prouince, and not of a Citie. There be many other Townes in Italy of greater antiquitie.
About the yeare of our Lorde 300. there came out of Scithia a barbarous people, called Hunnes, ouerrunning sundry nations of Europe, with exceeding terror and crueltie, their first vagabonding race was into Thracia, and thence they passed through Mesia & Illiria into Italie. The Venetians that then inhabited a Prouince vppon the firme lande, on the Adriatique shore, hearing of their arriual, fled into the sea, seating themselues there in little Ilandes, of which there were [Page 172] many at hand, liuing for the most part there by fishing. The Rialto why to called.At length they began to build vpon these Islands, chiefly vpon that which is called Riuo alto, to called, because the water is more deepe then there about the other Islandes, or els because that Island is more eminent then the rest: in short space the deuastation and crueltie wrought by Attyla vpon the neighbouring land towns, as Aquileia, Concordia, Alcina, Padoua, Optergia, Heraclia, Aquilius, Grado, Capreola, and Lauretta, did (as it were) by a reuolution giue a speedie beginning to the rising greatnesse of Venice. The first founders thereof were those of Padoua: in short time it increased in opulence and riches, and grew mighty both by sea and lande, conquering many Realmes, Cities and Ilands, of which the Turke in our time hath taken some from them.
He meaneth that she is cōmandresse of the Adtiatique seas. In fine this noble, goodly and magnificent citie is become Queene of the sea, and inhabited by people of sundry nations, and traffiqued to by marchants from out all partes of the world. There a man may heare all languages, and see all diuersitie of garments: it is said that the onely Tribute which the state rayseth of wine, Sixe hundred thousand pound sterling.salt and other thinges, amounteth to two millions of Duckets, besides the other tributes and rentes which they rayse of such Citties as are vnder their subiection.
The first created a Duke in the yeare of our Lord 700. before time their commonwealth was gouerned by Tribunes: but afterwardes by reason of discord between themselues, & many attempts enterprised against thē by the Lombaras by commō & general confent they elected a Duke, to maintaine them in concorde, and to [Page 173] defende their liberty, but in succession of time misliking their gouernment, they put many of their Dukes to a shamefull death, they slew Vrsus their third Duke in a sedition, and put out both the eyes of Theodore his Munster calleth this Theodore Diendome.sonne, after he had likewise ruled them awhile: they hanged Obleno their 10. Duke vpon a gibbet, and afterwardes tare him to pieces, they murthered the thirteenth in the church, and burned the fourteenth in his pallace, the yeare 958. they put the fifteenth into a cloister, they banished the 28. and stoned to death the 45. called Rinaldo, they imprisoned the 46. and beheaded the 55.
These and other thinges are written of the Venetians and their Dukes, but Gasper Contareno that hath written expresly of the commonwealth of Venice, being himselfe a Senator of the City, toucheth not at all the miserable end of these Dukes, his attire is no whit different from that which kings doe vse, for his garmentes are all of purple or rich cloth of golde: hee weareth on his heade a royal diademe made of linnen, which is inuironed with a hoode of purple, aboute which there goeth a little crowne of golde, when hee entreth into the Senate, he hath his throne gorgeously adorned, and the Senators speake vnto him with their heades bare standing vp as before a Prince, all letters sent and receiued are directed and signed to and by the Duke. The lawes are published in his name, and their coyne stamped with his name and image, in fine the Duke in all things representes the person of a king before his subiectes, saue that he hath not the bridle of ful authoritie in his owne handes, to make him appeare with the greater magnificence and pompe, they allow [Page 174] him out of the common treasure 1500. Crownes, which he may not turn to his particular vse, but on such things as pertaine to the greatnes and traine of a prince, otherwise his heires should be sure to pay the amends of so great dishonour after his death, hee must of his owne charge maintaine a great troupe of seruantes to follow him, when hee goeth abroade, and to make euery yeare foure Bankets to the Senators and Gentlemen.
Vpon Ascention day, according to the custome of his Predicessors, hee goeth aborde a fine ship curiously trimmed, and set sorth, and in company of the Bishop, The ship is called the Bi [...]entorie.and other Senators, launcheth out into the Sea, throwing a ring into the same, with expresse words, that hee marrieth the Sea in perpetuall Dominion, and rule. The Bishop also vseth certain ceremonies, which being ended they departe, the election of the Duke is in such sort by lot, that no mans ambition, brybery, or subornation may stand him any way in steade, presently vpon his choice, hee is borne by the marriners with great pomp to the place of S. Marke, throwing al the while, money about in the streetes, till such time as he come to the place where the Diademe is put on his heade.
Touching their rents, riches, common treasure, reuenewes, tributes, exactions and customes, that they leuie out of the Cities, that are vnder them, it is not easie to giue a iust reckoning, but it is written, that they do sometimes charge their subiectes with very heauie tributes: Charlemaine graunted great priueledge to the Venetians, for which notwithstanding they were vnthankefull, and secretly sent aide to Nicephorus Emperour of Constantinople, that was his enemie, whereat [Page 175] Charlemain being agrieued, sent his sonne Pepin, whome he had made king of Italie to be reuenged, so that Pepin leuying a great Armie, chased them to the Rialto, where hee intended to assault them, and to that ende made a great long bridge, but by reason of tempestuous weather, his bridge brake, and his enterprise failed.
In the yeare of our Lord, 810. certaine marchantes brought the body of S. Marke from Alexandria to Venice, The body of S. Mark when brought vnto Venice.in whose honour they did build that most goodly & glorious church which is now there to be seene.
In the yeare. 1202. they gat the Iland of Crete now The times of their conquestes.called Candia, which did before pertaine to the Emperour of Constanstinople, also vnder Otto the 3. Emperour of that name they adioyned to their dominion many other Ilands and cities, principally Parence, Pole, Arbu, Coricte, Corcyre, now called Corphu, Pharo also nowe called Lesima, and many other citties where Pyrats had their receipt. Some few years after; the Turke began to make wars vpon them, and taking from them the fayre cities of Tirachum in Albany, and Croy in Slcauonia, did so abase them, and bring them to such a diffidence of their strength, that to obtaine his frendship they were faine to giue him 13. fayre cities, which they had conquered, and wonne from the Emperour of Greece, besides Cosdre a most goodly cittie of Albany, in the yeare 1400. they got Vincensa that appertaitained to the Vicount of Mylan, in the year 1472. they got Padoua, and Verona, from the Romaine Empire, in the yeare 1402. they possessed themselues of the realme of Cipres, some say by a detestable and vnchristian practise, which was in order, as followeth.
[Page 176] The heires males of right and lawfull line, fayling The historie of the vniust practise vsed by the Vene tians in their possession of Cipies.in Cipres, Lews D. of Sauoy, hauing married Charlot, the lawfull daughter to king Ihon, was called and receiued of all with great joy, as their king, Iaques bastarde, brother to the said Charlot, finding himselfe too weak to resist the said Duke of Sauoy, fled with his friends into Alexandria, to demaund aide of the Souldan, Iaques was a young Gentleman of two and twentie yeares of age, of a comely stature and very beautifullpersonage, the Souldan was moued with his presence and prayers, & promising him succour, did presently apparrell him with royall ornamentes, proclaming him his tributarie king of Cipres, and withall commaunded the Duke of Sauoy to get him home into his owne countrie: who sent him backe a very submisse embassage, with fauour and humble wordes, offering him his perpetuall loue and seruice, and a yearesy tribute, and withall a yearely pension of tenne thousand crownes to Iaques during his life, the matter was long debated of in the Councell of the Souldan, who was sundry times inclining to the acceptation ofthese offers, but in the ende such were the perfwasions and instant meanes vsed by Iaques to the contrarie, especially hauing by solicitation gained the Venetians and Mahomet Emperour of the Turkes to fauour his party, that the Souldan granting fully to his request, tooke his oath, and sent him into Cipres with a great army of men, when at his first ariuall; he constrained Lewes with such Frenchmen, as were with him to retire himselfe into a Castle, which also in time he made him to abandon, and so became Lord of the whole Iland, shortly after he married the [Page 177] daughter of a Gentleman of Venice, called Marcus Cornarius, which daughter was after the death of Iaques, adopted by the Senate, and by this meanes they possessed themselues of the Realme, for she being great with child at the death of her husband, the Venetians as tutors retired her vnto them, and tooke adminstration of the Realme, some will say that they poisoned the child afterwards, as likewise they had done the father before, others write otherwise, that they did not get the realm by so great wickednesse, but that after the death of the father and the sonne, they succeeded in the Realm, by way of adoption and inheritance.
Venice hath in circuit eight Italian miles, and is seated within the flats of the sea, there is a naturall Sebastian Munster in his card of Venice. The circuit of the citty & Ilands about it.banke in the sea, high and eminent that defendeth the towne from the impious fury of the waues, and giueth passage and porte in sundry places to the saylers, chiefly at two Castles and at Chosa an episcopall City, distant from the towne fiue and twentie miles vppon the way to Ferrara, there are about Venice 25. Ilandes which are in manner all enhabited of Monkes, the rest is to be seenein the Carde. Seb. Munster. The number of bridges and boates.
This City of Venice hath threescore and two parishes, and one and forty Monasteries: it hath as manie Channels as streetes: there are foure hundred publike Bridges, besides particulars, there are of boats for all vses, eight thousande, in the Arsenall, which is rounde about inuironed with walles, there are continually foure hundred men which are dayly imployed in mending and making of Galleis, and other things pertaining to the Sea, in the Isle of Meurano, fast by, [Page 178] they make very cleare and goodly glasses, commonly Christall glasses.called Christal glasses, which are thence transported into all countries.
Notes out of Girolamo Bardi.
THe first that euer inhabited vpon that Iland called the Rialto, where Venice now standeth, was one Giouani Bono a poore man, that hauing there a simple cottage did liue with his family by taking of fish: afterwardes Radagasso with an armie of Gothes, entring into Italy, sundrie from of the firme land fled into this poore mans house for safety of their liues, and among the rest one Entinopus a carpenter of Candia, who found meanes to build himselfe there a house, maintaining himselfe afterwards by the making of small barkes and boates: After Radagasso Alaricus comming like a tempest into Italy, there fled so many ouer thether, as that at length there were built foure & twentie seuerall houses of bordes and reedes: but in the yeare of our Lord, 418. the fury of the warres being somewhat mitigated, the most part of these fugitiues had gotten themselues into Padoua, whereof a suddain hearing great and fearefull rumors of newe intended entries into Italy by Aiulfo king of the Vissigots, with a mighty multitude of Barbarians, by a generall consent they agreede to make some firme place within these lakes, and thereupon to build a citty, which they presently effected vpon the foresaide Iland, gathering into [Page 179] the same the people that were dispersed about the other Ilandes, and withall making it of the best defence they could, they called it by the name of Venice, the beginning of this Citties foundation was laide in the yeare 421. vpon the 25. day of March about noon, there were three Consuls chosen by those of Padoua to haue the ouersight and charge, the rest whose names were Alberto Faletro, Tomaso Candiano, and Zeno Daulo: this is a breuiat drawn out of the ancient Records of Padoua.
Afterwardes the ruine and desolation of manie fayre citties vpon the maine land, gaue a speedy mightinesse and encrease to this new erected citie, insomuch that many of the noblest land inhabitantes, fled thether with their treasures and richest moueables, transporting euen their goodly pillers, carued stones, and other matter to build withal, to Venice, erecting thereunto themselues new and stately mansions, so that in the end delighted with the security of the place, hauing their children borne & brought vp there, they resolued there perpetually to remaine: there are in Venice 72. (as they cal them) Parochiae, that are equall in manner vnto Bishoprickes, ouer which are elected graue and reuerent pastors chosen out of that quarter and particion of the city, wherein their churches stand: these churches haue great & goodly rents belonging vnto them, & are exceedingly adorned with Organs, images, instruments and all other magnificent ornamentes.
The Arsenall is in compasse without the wals 3. miles about, & resembleth in it self a little world hauing within it such varietie ofseuerall handicrafts and trades that it is in manner vnpossible for any to comprehend them in his minde that hath not seene them with his eyes, [Page 180] insomuch that the marquesse of Guasto who was generall The Marques of Guasto his speech touching the Arsenalvnder the Emperour Charles the 5. in Italy, hauing gon vp and downe in it from morning to night, at his comming forth sware that he had rather be Lord of the Arsenall then of 4▪ of the best citties of Italy, all manner of armes, weapons, artillerie, sayles, powder, anchors, tacklinges, and whatsoeuer else to be imagined pertaining to the war, and the Galleis themselues are not onely kept and preserued within the Arsenall, but also wrought and framed, there do dayly worke within it 1580. men, who haue all wages according to their decrees, who when they are so old that they can worke no longer, are there also entertained so long as they liue.
The prince being dead, his bowels are taken out, and his body embawmed, after which hee is kept three dayes openly, in the hall, attended on with Senators, as you heard before, his herse being couered ouer with cloth of gold, and his sword and his spurres of gold lying athwart vpon him, then in carrying him to his buryall, the fraternities of the towne are assembled, & the seuerall companies of the chanons and clergie with an innumerable number of torches, many of which are carried by the Iesuites, in middle of which followeth the beere, whereon the body of the prince reposeth in such sort as you hearde, next after followeth the officers and chiefe seruantes of the princes family, all apparrelled in blacke with great hoodes ouer their heads, and drawing a long traine after them, representing a maruelous shew of mourning and sorrow, then next after follow the Senators, all in skarlet and graine, signifying the citty to be free, & therefore ought not to mourn at the death of any prince how vertuous soeuer
[Page 181] With this pomp they passe on to the place of S. Marke, where ioyning with the beere to the great dore of the church, they lift it vp nine times, as in taking perpetuall leaue thereof, and thence go vnto the church of S. Giouani, Paulo, (where for the most part the Dukes lie buried, and there reposing the bodie vpon a high place of estate, brightned with a number of flaming torches round about, the Signeurie sitteth downe, and there in the pulpit is made a solemne funeral oration, in commendation and honour of the dead prince. The funenerall being ended, the Senators returne to the pallace, and presently proceed to the choice of a new Duke.
There are certaine officers, of which Contareno speaketh nothing at all, or els very sparingly, and some that haue been instituted since his time, of all which I think it not necessarie briefly to say somewhat, for the better satisfaction of the reader: and first of those whom they call Cathaueri.
These are Iudges of the confiscations, and exactors of the publique duties, they were created in the yeare 1280. They succeed in the goods of those that die intestate, if they haue no lawfull heires. They gather in those penalties as are by the other Iudges inflicted vpon offendors.
They are Iudges ouer the officers of shipping. They make publike sales in name of the commune: they are Iudges of such thinges as are founde at sea, or treasures that are found at land. They heare such differences as do arise between pilgrims that go to the holy land, and the matters of the ships wherein they go, & the names of the pilgrims are registred in their office, and they are newly put in authoritie about the determination of [Page 182] such causes as concerne the inhabitants of Cipres.
Sopra Castaldi. There are other called Sopracastaldi, whose office is to serue executions vpon iudgement, so that they are called Iudges of executions. They haue the selling of such goods as are attached by executions, & haue the hearing of all such differences as do arise about such attachments, executions, contradictions, &c. They are euery morning at S. Markes: they haue also place in the Rialto. They were instituted in the yeare 1471.
Because there might errour be committed in the execution of iudgements, it was ordayned that the prince should heare the appeales from the executions of the former officer: but because his person was to be busied about greater affaires, there were certaine Superiors ordayned that might censure the doings of the Sopracastaldi. And because they might also sometimes erre in their deliberations, it was likewise ordayned, that from them also might the partie agreeued appeale to the Aduocators. They were created in the yeare 1485.
Signeore all aque. There are certaine officers ouer the water, called Signore all aque. They haue charge of such things as appertayne to the Lakes, & to the cleansing of the channels: Sig▪ alla Sanita Mountbanks are certaine that shew their drugs in the market places, vaunting of great cures they haue done, & with long tales persuading the people to buy their ware.and those boats that are vpon the great channell are vnder their authoritie. Besides those other things mencioned in the former treatise that belongeth to the office of the healthmaisters: they haue authority to giue licence to phisicions to practise, and to Mountebanks, & Chiarlatanes to go vp and downe the countrey, and to preach in the markets: to them also is brought the register, containing the number of all publike women within the towne: Finally, so great is their authoritie, that in time of sicknes they haue power to punish with death.
[Page 183] Doana de Mare, are officers of the custome, who are to looke to such marchandise as is brought in by the common gallies and ships, and not to suffer any thinges to passe, till all duties and custome be discharged.
Signori della Pace. There are also fiue peacemaysters, who are to iudge between them that giue one another blows or wounds, or do offer any other kind of wrong, or do vse any villanie in speech, their office is to appease strife, and to make attonement and friendship, as much as in them lieth.
Iustitia vecchia, are certaine magistrates that haue power & authority to do right vnto those that do pretend hyre, wages or reward: they punish those that do falsifie waightes, measures or such like. They put a price vpon such hearbes and fruits as are to be sold: likewise in their office are written vp the names of all such boyes as doe for wages tie themselues to the seruice of maysters. They were wont to deale in the matter of wools, butnow since the increase of that marchandise, there is appointed a particular officer ouer the same. Al manner of trades are vnder this office. They that keepe shoppes haue the allowance of the signes from hence: They may be appealed from to the Cathaueri, and to the old Auditors, according to the causes.
Consoli di Marcantanti: to this office is all manner of marchandise subiected, wherein there is eyther buying or selling. They proceed briefly & by way of extension.
Sopraconsoli are those that haue to doe with Marchantes that breake bankerout, and with matters of pawnes. They grant protection to such as are indebted, whereby their bodies may be kept free frō prison: they proclaime with a very solemne ceremony those that are fugitiue for debt, limiting thē a certain time of returne, [Page 184] which if they doe not, they then sell all such goodes of theirs as they can lay their hands on, and therewith pay the creditors as farre as it will stretch. The fugitiues vppon their returne are bound fully and wholly to present all their goodes into this office, of which they then receyue a protection for a month, in which time they haue libertie to agree with the creditors if they can, if not, then the Sopraconsulles are to make their agreement for them: alwaies prouided that afore the satisfaction of any creditors, the dower of the parties wife, the rent of his house, and the money belonging to the Signeorie, if he haue any thereof in his handes, are still first deducted.
Iustitia Noua is an office to which belongeth the ouersight of Innes and Tauernes, to reforme their abuses & to see that their wines be not mingled or corrupted: this office was instituted in the yeare 1261.
There are also certaine officers ouer the Salt, called Signori al Sale.
Ragione Vecchie are certaine that are appointed to entertaine such strangers and embassadors as the state will haue honoured, and to defray such charges as thereby shall arise to the state out of the common treasure.
Ternaria Vecchia is an office that exacteth the custome of Oyles, and haue superintendence of all things thereto appertayning.
Signori alla Grassa are such as do ouersee the abuses in Cheese, salt meates, Suet, and such like, and haue power to punish those that commit any falshood or abuse thereabout.
Signori dipanni a ora haue the charge and ouersight of Goldweauers, and such as do make cloth of Golde, [Page 185] Tissue and such like: to the end there be no falshood vsed, which if they find, they haue authoritie to take the cloathes away, and to cut them in peeces.
Proueditori di Commune are certaine magistrates instituted of purpose for the common good. They are to see that such shippes as be made be well wrought, & great and capable, fit to the proportion, and that at their setting forth they be not ouerburthened. They are to repaire the streets, to paue them, & to keep the bridges of the Citie in good order: all the lesser schooles and fraternities are vnder them, as the greater are vnder the Counsell of tenne: They looke into the abuses of all handy crafts, and punish such as vse deceipt. They haue charge ouer the ordinary ferries. They looke into the priuiledges of the communalty, and taxe the prices of bookes.
The Citie of Venice is diuided into sixe parts, which they call Sestieri: three of one side the great channell, and three on the other: their names are thus.
Castello, | S. Polo, |
S. Marco, | S. Croce, |
Canareio. | Dorso Duro. |
-
Parishes.
- 1. S. Pietro di Castello.
- 2. S. Biasio.
- 3. S. Martin.
- 4. S. Giouani in Bragola,
- 5. S. Antonin.
- 6. S. Trenita.
- 7. S. Seuero.
- 8. S. Prouolo.
- 9. S. Giouani nouo.
- 10. S. Maria formosa.
- 11. S. Marina.
- 12 S. Lio.
Other Churches.- [Page 186] 1 S. Giouanide Forlani
- 2 S. Philippo e Giacomo
- 3 S. Georgio de Greci
Monasteries.- 1 S. Domenico
- 2 S. Francesco della Vigna
- 3 S. Antonio.
- 4 S. Giouani e Paulo
Cloysters of Nunnes.- 1 S. Maria delle virgini
- 2 S. Daniel
- 3 S. Anna
- 4 S. Ioseph
- 5 S. Maria celeste
- 6 S. Sepolchro
- 7 S. Lorenso
- 8 S. Giouani Laterano
- 9 S. Zaccaria
-
Parishes
- 1 S. Marco
- 2 S. Geminian
- 3 S. Moyse
- 4 S. Maria Zobenigo
- 5 S. Mauritio
- 6 S. Vitale
- 7 S. Samuel
- 8 S. Angelo
- 9 S. Benedetto
- 10 S. Paternian
- 11 S. Fantin
- 12 S. Luca
- 13 S. Saluatore
- 14 S. Bartholomeo
- 15 S. Giulian
- 16 S. Basso
Monasteries.- 1 S. Stefano
- 2 S. Saluatore
Cloysters of Nunnes- 1 S. Rocco
- 2 S. Margarita
Other Churches- 1 S. Theodore
- 2 S. Maria della Faua
- 3 S. Maria in Broglio
- 4 S. Scola della Giustitia
-
[Page 187]
Parishes.
- 1 S. Lucia
- 2 S. Hieremia
- 3 Marcuola
- 4 S. Maria Magdalena
- 5 S. Marcilian
- 6 S. Fosoa
- 7 S. Felice
- 8 S. Soffia
- 9 S. Apostoli
- 10 S. Cancian
- 11 S. Maria noua
- 12 S. I. Chrisostome
- 13 S. Lunardo
Monasteries- 1 S. Iob.
- 2 S. Maria de serui
- 3. S. Maria del horto.
- 4. S. Maria del de Crocechiers
Cloisters of Nunnes.- 1 S. Lucia
- 2 S. Catherina
- 3 Corpo di Christo
- 4 S. Luigi
- 5 S. Hieronimo
- 6 S. Maria di miracoli
-
Parishes.
- 1 S. Paulo
- 2 S. Tomaso
- 3 S. Sti [...]
- 4 S. Augustin
- 5. S. Boldo
- 6 S. Aponal
- 7 S. Siluestro
- 8 S. Giouani
- 9. S. Matheo
- 10 S. Giacomo
Monasteries- 1 S. Mario de Frati minori.
-
Parishes.
- 1 S. Croce
- 2 S. Simeon grande
- 3 S. Simeon Apostol [...]
- 4 S. Giouan decollato.
- 5 S. Giacomo dell'orio
- 6. S. Stai.
- 7. S, Maria mater Domini.
- [Page 188] 8 S. Cassano
Another Church.- 1 S. Nicolo de Tolentino.
Cloysters of Nunnes.- 1 S. Croce.
- 2 S. Andrea.
- 3 S. Chiara.
-
- 1 S. Helena.
- 2 S. Andrea della certosa
- 3 S. Georgio maggiore
- 4 S. Clemente
- 5 S. Maria delle gratu
- 6 S. Spirito
- 7 S. Francesco dal diserto
- 8 S. Giacomo di Paludo
- 9 S. Nicolo del Lito
- 10 S. Christoforo dellapace
- 11 S. Michaele
- 12 S. Georgio d' Alega
- 13 S. Angelo de Concordia
- 14 S. Secondo
- 15 S. Seruolo
- 16 S. Erasmo.
- 17 S. Lazaro
- 18 S. Lazaretto nouo
- 19 S. Lazaretto vecchio.
-
Parishes.
- 1 S. Nicolo
- 2 S. Rafaelo
- 3 S. Basilo
- 4 S. Margarita
- 5 S. Pantalaone
- 6 S. Barnaba
- 7 S. Trouaso
- 8 S. Agnese
- 9 S. Vido
- 10 S. Gregorio
- 11 S. Eufemia della giudeca.
Frieries.- 1 Giacomo della giudeca.
- 2 I. Capuccini
- 3 S. Gio. della giudeca
- 4 S. Sebastian
- 5 Li Carmeni
- 6 S. Maria della Carita
- 7 Li Giesuati
Nunryes.- [Page 189] 1. S. Biassio Catoldo.
- 2. S. Croce della Giudeca.
- 3. S. Cosmo & Damiano.
- 4. Le Conuertite.
- 5. S. Marta.
- 6. S. Maria Maggior.
- 7. Il Spirito Santo.
- 8. Ogni Santi.
Other religious houses.- 1. The Iesuites.
- 2. La Trinita.
- 3. Le Citelle.
Abaies and Priories, belonging to the citie.- 1. S. Georgio Maggior.
- 2, S Nicholo Da Lio.
- 3. S. Gregorio.
- 4. S. Giouani Della Giudeca.
- 5. S. Thomaso de Borgoinoni.
- 6. S. Andrea della Certosa.
- 7. S Helena.
- 8. S. Giauani del Tempio.
- 9. La Trinita.
- 10. La. Misericordia.
- 11. S. Giouan Euangelista.
- 12. S. Giouan Lateran.
-
- 1. L' Hospital di Giesu Christo a Sant Antonio.
- 2. S. Pietro e S. Paulo.
- 3. La Pieta.
- 4. La. Casa di duo.
- 5. S. Bartolomeo da Castello.
- 6. S. Martin.
- 7. I. Crosechieri.
- 8. La Misericordia.
- 9. La Carita.
- 10. S. Giouan Euangelista:
- 11. S: Croce,
- 12. S, Andrea,
- 13. S. Vid o:
- 14. Volto Santo,
- 15: S. Ras aell,
- 16, S, Zanepolo,
- 17: Incurabili,
- 11, S: Lazaro,
- 19. Le Bocchole,
- 20, Lazaretto Vecchio:
- 21, Lazaretto nouo:
The six Fraternities which they call Scuole grande.- 1. S. Marco,
- 2, La Carita.
- 3. La Misericor dia,
- 4. S. Giouan Euangelista,
- 5. S. Roco,
- 6: S: Theodora,
[Page 190] In a generall reuiew of the people made some fewe yeares since in Venice▪ there were reckoned this number of all sorts, as followeth.
Fifty nine thousande three hundred forty and nine men: sixty seuen thousande fiue hundred thirty and one women: youthes betweene the age of six and of twenty years, to the number of fifty eight thousande foure hundred and twelue: two thousand one hundred fourescore and three Fryers: two thousande fourescore and two Nunnes: one thousand one hundred fifty and seuen Iewes.
The whole summe of all amounteth to the number of 190714:
A briefe description of some particularities in the City worthy to be knowne.
The length of the great channell, is a thousande and three hundred paces: and in bredth ouer forty paces▪ it is wonderfully beautified on eyther side with most sūptuous and goodly pallaces, you cannot go ouer it a foot, but at one bridge onely, which is at the Ryalto.
There are thirteen seuerall ferries or passages, which they call Traghetti.
The bridges that ioyne the little Isles together are in number 400: some of wood and some of stone.
There belong to the chanels 8000. Gondalas and aboue. The steeple of S: Marke is 280. feet in height, and euery square containeth forty feete, in bredth it is distant from the Church 80. feet, and hath the same to be wrought with such curiositie of workemanship, that the like is scarsely to be found in any other pane of the world.
Francesco Sansouini.
AMong sundrie others that haue writtē of Venice; Francesco Sansouini is one of the latest, who very particularly, but in my opinion somewhat superfluously hath touched not onely the customes of the Citie, and the liues of the princes, but also the antiquities, ceremonies, foundations, monumentes, and epitaphes of euery seuerall church, out of whose great volume I haue onely extracted those fewe notes, seruing to my purpose, the rest I haue omitted as tedious, and not greatly needfull to be knowne.
Venice encompasseth in circuite eight miles, being diuided into 70 rapes or diuisions, which 70▪ churches commonly called parishes, euery one of the which is the head of that rape or diuision wherein it standeth.
It contayneth likewise 59▪ monasteries, 31. of Eryers, and 28. of Nunnes, besides a great number of goodlie schooles, and most ample and statelie Hospitals.
The chanels runne through the cittie, as the veines of bloud do through a mans body, making in their course here and there innumerable little Hands▪ some naturally▪ [Page 192] and some by art, which are conioyned together by sundry bridges, at least 450 in number, all of free stone, adorned euery where with most princely buildinges, and beautifull pallaces, to which there is most commodious passage both by land and water, there are belonging to these chanels betweene eight and nine thousand little boats, called Gondalas, ready both by day and night, to doe seruice to such as shall set them a worke.
The ayre of Venice is exceedingly good, because it The ayre of Venice pure and good. The reasons of the purenes thereof.is continuallie purged with the ebbing and flowing of the tydes, carrying euery six howres away with it whatsoeuer is corrupt or vncleane, besides the multitude of fiers dissolueth al noysome vapours, and the free scope of the windes blowing euery where vnhindered, maketh the ayre most sounde and holesome: besides much is attributed to the saltnes, which being by nature more hot, & lesse colde, engendreth a most equall and sweete temperature, so that straungers with great amazement do not any where beholde men more venerable and of greater age, full of flesh, straight bodyed, of goodly presence, and more vigorous constitution. But aboue all other thinges this is most straunge, that this aire by a speciall priueledge of nature doth agree with the cō plections of all such straungers, as resorte thither, of what nation, or vnder what climate soeuer they bee borne, whether the same be subtile and persing, or thick and foggy.
Round about them there is taken such innumerable Fish.quantities of all excellent sortes of fish, that not onely the inhabitantes haue plenty of fish taken twise euery day, but they also furnish the adioyning citties vpon [Page 193] the continent, aswell those that are vnder their dominions, as others.
Wildfoule. The like maruelous abundance they haue of wildfoul, so different in kind, and so diuers in colour, that it is straunge to see their seuerall sortes, their variety being such, that wee haue seene aboue 200. seuerall kindes of them painted most exactly in their liuely and naturall colours by Marino Malipero the most exquisite and ingenious man of his time in that arte.
This city aboue all other is most worthy to bee admired, as being singular by her selfe, and brooking no comparison with any other: for what other citty soeuer that hath beene eyther pleasant by situation, or glorious in goodlines of buildinges, yet it had some resemblance or likenesse with others. But onely this being seated in the middle of waters, hath not any thing vppō the earth, to which it may be resembled, the rare situation thereof being such, that it inioyeth both the commodities of the water, and the pleasures of the land, secure by being not seated vpon land, frō land assaults, and free by not being founded in the depthes of the sea, from maritime violence, so that whereas other citties do keepe and defend their cittizens, with walles, towers and gates, this being naked and without ramparts, is not only (as I said) secure it self, but rendreth also with admirable prouidence such citties, secure, as do sleepe vnder the watch of her winges.
Steeple of S. Marke. Among many other rare edifices, sumptuous aswell in the richnes of the matter, as maruelous for the most singular curiositie of workemanshippe, he doth infinitly extoll the steeple of S. Marke, the same being so huge high & stately, that in fayre weather it is seen & discerned [Page 194] of those that do sayle from Istria, being a hundred miles off in distance. The speciall care and ouersight therof is committed alwayes to a man of especiall good quality and reckoning, who hath for his allowance a Marriages.yearely stipend of 150. Crownes. The marriages among the nobility, are for the most part alwaies treated of by a third person, the bride being neuer suffered so much as to behold her future husband, nor he her, till their marriage dower, and all thinges thereunto appertaining, bee fully agreede vpon and concluded, which being done the next morning the Bridegrome goeth to the court of the pallace, & there the match being published, receiueth well wishing speeches and salutations from such of the nobility as doe enter into the pallace, and withall inuiteth his frendes to the house of the brides father, to be there at a certain time appointed in the afternoon, at the entry of the dore they are attended by the bridegroom & his kinsemē, & brought vp into a hall, where are none, but only men, & there the bride is brought forth apparelled by an ancient custome all in white, and her haire hanging at her shoulders, wouen in & out with fillets of gold, where being betrothed with many solemne ceremonies, shee is led round about the hall with the sound of flutes and drums, and other instruments, and so still dauncing in a soft measure, shee boweth down to those that salute her, hauing so shewed her selfe to them all, shee goeth in, and rerurneth out again, if any men frends that had not seen her before do chance to come, which being ended, shee descendeth down, and in company of diuers gentlemen, that did all the while attend in seuerall chambers, she entreth into a Gondola, & so being waited on with a great number [Page 195] of other Gondals▪ shee goeth vp and downe to the Nunries, especially to those wherein any of her kinswomen is professed, and all this shewing of her selfe abroad is to no other end, but that in regarde of her children, and fundrie other thinges, it may after happen, she may make her marriage apparant and manifest to all men, at euery marriage there is a gentleman or two chosen, whome they call Compari, that are as it were maisters of the Reuels, because their charge is to see vnto the musicke, and whatsoeuer shewes or pastimes pertaining to the feast, the next morning the friendes and kindred do vse to present the new married couple with sundrie restoratiues and sweet meates.
Christninges. Their Christninges are somewhat different from that custome of other places, for the father inuiteth not two godfathers and a godmother, or two godmothers, and a godfather, but as many in māner as they list, insomuch that somtimes there haue been 150 at the christning of the child together in the church, but to the end that this goshipship shold no way be a bar or impedimēt among the Gentlemen, in matter of marriage, it was by a law ordayned, that one gentleman shold not take another gentleman for his goship, whence it commeth that whē the priest powreth the water on the childs head, he first maketh mention of the law, and thē demandeth if there be among the goships any one of the Venetian nobility, there are not admitted to the ceremony of the christning any womē but only the nurse that hath the charge of the child; the next day the father sēdeth to euery gossip a marchpane & euery of thē returneth backe some presēt or other to the child, according to the custom of the city: their greatest magnificēce & charge is at the natiuity [Page 196] of the childe, for then they doe wonderfully exceede Birth of their childrent.not onely in sumptuousnes of their banquets, but also in rich furniture and decking of their house, and great shewes of riches, and stately plate and siluer vessell.
Likewise there is no part of the world, where the funerals euen of the meanest citizens are solemnized with greater ceremony and expence, neither is there any country or nation to bee found, where straungers find better entertainement, and liue with greater security.
Pastimes of the nobiltie. The plaesures, recreations, & pastimes of the gentlemen are of sundry and diuerse sortes, among the rest, they take great pleasure in fouling, making great matches, who can kill most foule in a day, turning the ende therof still to banketting and pleasures. They haue boates for the purpose, which they call Fisolares, in regarde that the foule in whose pursuit they take greatest pleasure, is called Fisolo, in euery of these boates they haue six or eight seruantes apparrelled in blewish and greenish garmentes, suted as neare as they can to the colour of the water, who row the boate vp and downe, and turne her suddenly to euery side as they are commaunded by their Maister, who sitteth close with his peece or bow, wholy intentiue vppon his sporte, if hee chaunce to misse when hee shooteth, the Fisolo presentlie dyueth vnder the water, and where he riseth againe, thither they turne their boate, sodenly with passing nymblenes, many boates go to this pastime, together with exceeding charge to the gentlemen that owe them, vpon their return they hang the foule which they haue killed out of the windowes, as hunters do vppon [Page 197] their dores, the heads of beares, harts, or bores, taking it as a great reputation, to kill more of these in a day then their fellowes.
Likewise they haue many wayes, kinds, and instruments to take fish withall, which the gentlemē for their recreation, do take sundry times great delight in.
There are also vpon the maine land in the territories of Padoua and Vincentia, but chiefly in Istria, goodly champaignes, faire couertes, and delightfull woodes, full of all manner of chase, whither in few houres they saile from Venice, and apply themselues to hunting and hauking sundry dayes together.
Matches of their Dukes. The Duke of Venice hath by auncient priuiledges confirmed from sundry Emperours authority to create Earles & knights, and likewise poets Laureat, with eyther of which dignities their Dukes haue at sundry seasons honoured and rewarded the vertue of such as deserued well.
The Dukes haue oftentimes matched in the greatest and royallest houses of Christendome, as in their following liues partly shall bee shewed: which allyance with forraine princes of great mightinesse and power, growing suspected and formidable to the commonwealth, there was a law made in the yeare 1327. that the Duke might not take the daughter of any straunger to his wife, no though by priuiledge and adoption he had obtained the right and tytle of a Venetian gentleman: and in the yeare 1383. it was ordayned, that he shoulde not marry the daughter, sister, or kinsewoman of any forraine prince, without licence and consent from the great councell: and in the yeare 1385. that he should neyther giue nor receyue any fee, of what sort soeuer: [Page 198] which lawes and ordinances were still from time to time corroborated and kept in vigor. His wife is honored with the tytle of a princesse, & spoken vnto with all reuerence and in stile fitting so great a dignitie.
The Dukes in times past were wont in their writing to honour themselues with high and princely styles, as calling themselues Dukes of Venice, Dalmatia, and Croatia, and Lords of a halfe part, & a quarter of the whole Romain Empire, which vanity of titles was in the yeare 1360. absolutely forbidden and taken away, and this manner established, which as yet they do still retaine: viz. I. D. by the grace of God Duke of Venice, &c.
Their money is stamped with the inscription of their name, but it is not lawfull for them to ingraue, emborder or paint their peculiar armes in any ensignes, Banners, Gallies, or places of honour but onely in the frame of the Pallace.
A Breuiate of the History & liues of the Venetian Princes.
Pauluccio Anafecto. 1. Duke the yeare 697.
PAuluccio Anafecto was a citizen of Heraclia, borne of a noble family, & singularly respected for his wisedome and integritie, which caused the people to elect him for their prince. He was inuested in that high honour without any great pompe of ceremony, saue onely that they tooke his oath, that he should alwaies administer iustice sincerely without all partialitie or regarde of persons: who to satisfie the peoples expectations, did presently bend his whole endeuor to his countries good, he appointed strong guardes euery where vpon the passage of the Lakes which hee fortified with Castelles, commanding and imposing vpon euery towne a certayne quantity of armed shippes to bee readie vpon all occasions: hee entred into league with Luitbrand King of Lombardy, obtayning of him many Charters and priuiledges, whereby hee did not onely greatly benefite himselfe, but also his countrymen and subjectes by maintaining himself, & them in the good grace & fauor [Page 200] of that cruell and barbarous nation. Finally hauing ruled 20. yeares, 6. monethes and 8. daies he dyed, leauing behind him an honourable memory of his name, and was buried at Heraclia.
Marcello Tegaliano, Duke 2. chosen the yeare 717.
ALI the prouinciall Magistrates seeing the benefite receyued by the happy gouernment of their former Prince: assembled themselues in Heraclea and there by common consent elected in place of the deceased Duke, Marcellus, who was before Captaine, or chiefe of the gentlemen, for though the high and soueraigne authority belonged vnto the Duke, yet there were also assistant with him the Tribunes, and the captaine of the gentlemen; the names of which offices were brought first into Italy by the Greekes: He was a man wise in counsell, and valorous in armes. There hapned in his time great and mortall contention betweene the churches of Aquileia and Grado, for the Patriarchshippe and preheminence. He by meanes of Pope Gregory the second, defended the Church and Patriarch of Grado, but Luitbrand king of Lombardie, vpheld and fauoured Serenus the Patriarke of Aquileia. Hauing ruled 9. yeares and 21. dayes, he died in Heraclia.
3. Orso Hipato. Anno 726.
TO Marcellus succeeded Orso Hipato, likewise borne of a noble family in Heraclia. He made at the Popes instigation war vpon Luitbrand king of Lombardie, who [Page 201] had besieged Rauenna, which he relieued, taking Hildebrand the kings nephew prisoner, & killing in the field Paredo Duke of Vicenza, but vpon his returne home in a sedition he was most cruelly murdered by his owne citizens.
4. Theodato Hypato. Anno 742.
AFter the death of Orso, the multitude growing into dislike of a princely gouernment, altered the forme therof, electing a magistrate to rule them, whose authoritie should continue onely a yeare, and th [...]n another to be chosen in his place, granting him no farther dignity of title then to be called mayster of the soldiers.
The first elected was Dominico Leone, the second Foelice Cornicola, the third Deodatus sonne to Duke Orso, the fourth Giuliano Hypato, the last Iohn Fabriciaco, after the expiration of whose yeare, the people growing into dislike with this kind of gouerument (in respect of a contentious warre that had passed betweene the cities of Heraclia and Sesolo, whereby both the one and the other wer almost destroyed, assembled themselues at Malamocco, about the creation again of a new Duke, which was Theodato Hypato, ordayning the seate of his Dukedome to be in Malomocco, which as then flourished aboue the rest both in riches and number of men. Hee did for a while many notable things to the great liking of his people: but in the end aspiring to reuenge his father the last Dukes death, and to that ende fortifying strongly the Castle of Brondolo, the people being incensed by one Galla a seditious person, and made belieue [Page 208] that he went about to make himselfe an absolute tyrant, tooke him prisoner, & depriued him at once both of his eyes and Dukedome.
5. Galla. Anno 755.
AFter him succeeded Galla: but as he got this dignitie by sinister practise, so behauing himselfe wickedly therein, hee was within the yeare taken by the people, depriued of his eyes, and sent into perpetuall banishment.
6. Domenico Monegario. Anno 756.
IN his place was elected Domenico Monegario, but withall somewhat to curbe his authority, there were two Tribunes appointed to assist him in the expedition of all great affaires, but he hauing a fierce and aspiring spirite, contemned the assistance of the Tribunes, insomuch that the people misliking his tirannicall manner, deposed him and put out his eyes.
7. Mauritio Galbaia. Anno 764.
IN his steed was elected Mauritio Galbaia of a noble family of Heraclia, much respected as well for his wisedome as his riches. He gouerned with such equitie and loue, that the people to gratifie him, were contented to giue him for companion with equall authoritie in gouernment, Giouani his son. At length hauing gouerned the state 23. yeares, he deceased, leauing Giouani his son [Page 209] alone in the Dukedome, who also shortly after tooke vnto him for partner in gouernment Mauritius his son, who going to Grado by his fathers commission, tooke & spoyled the Citie, and threw the Patriarch headlong from the toppe of a high tower: for reuenge of which wicked crueltie, Obelerius and Fortunatus, nephewes to the Patriarch, entred into conspiracy against the Dukes, drawing vnto them sundry other discontented men, that were of great power: which Dukes hearing presently fled away, Giouan to Mantouo, and Mauritius into Fraunce, where they ended their liues.
9. Obelerio. Anno 804.
AFter them was created Obelerio Antenorio, otherwise called Anafesto, who tooke Beato his brother for companion in gouernment, and as some say, a thirde called Valentino likewise his brother. But at such time as king Pepin made warre vpon the Lakes, they being suspected to haue giuen him secret fauour and assistance, were by a generall consent of the people banished out of the state: vpon which the people did assemble themselues at Ryalto, and there with a most happie beginning did chuse for their Duke in the yeare 809.
10. Angelo Participatio.
WHo first builded the Dukes pallace, where it now standeth: he admitted Iustinian his sonne to partnership in rule with him: & lastly after eighteene yeares raigne, and reputation of a good Prince, hee ended his daies, and in his place succeeded him his sonne.
11. Giustitiano Participato. Anno 828.
WHo recalled his brother from banishment, to which he had been for his euill demeanor condemned, & gaue vnto him equall authoritie with himselfe in rule: he sent out a nauie in defence of the kingdome of Sicilia against the Moores. In his time the bodie of S. Marke was brought vnto Venice, for which hee builded a Chappell, and after he founded the Church of S. Zachary. Finally, being oppressed with infirmities, hee ended his dayes afore hee had full ruled two yeares.
12. Giouani Participatio. Anno 129.
GIustinian being dead, the gouernment remained in Giouani his brother, but with harder successe, for he was molested with many vnquiet accidents: for Obelerio that before was banished both from the Dukedome and his countrie, returned in armes with sundry of his confederates to Malomocco, raising new broiles, wherein he had at the beginning some successe: but finally the Duke besieged Malomocco, wherin Obelerio had fortified himselfe, and lastly consumed the same with fire, taking Obelerio prisoner, whose head he caused to bee stroken off, & to be picht vpon a stake in the middle of the market place. Shortly after one of the Tribunes called Carolo, or as some say, Carosto, by a conspiracie tooke the Dukedome from him, and compelled him to flie: but hee being also shortly chased away and depriued of his eyes by the people, Giouani was recalled backe, who growing into deadly contention & quarrel with [Page 203] the family of the Mastalitions, being then mighty and puissant, both in riches and authoritie, as also in the number of friends and allyes, was by them againe taken in S. Peters church, and confined to Grado, where shauing his crown, he entred into religion, and finally ended his life.
13. Pietro Gradenigo. Anno 837.
PIetro Gradenigo, or as some say Tradonigo, being elected Duke, tooke vnto him his sonne Giouani to bee partner of his rule, and dignity, he builded the church of S. Paule and made warre vpon the Narantines, hee set out threescore sayle of shippes against the Moores, and finally was slaine by treason in the church of Saint Zacharie.
14, Orso Participatio. Anno 864,
AFter this odious murther of the last Duke, Orso Participatio, both in regarde of the happy gouernment of his auncestors, as also of his owne vertue and sufficiency was chosen Duke, who discomfited presently in battell the Sarazens, who had committed greate outrages and spoiles vpon the coast of Dalmatia, hee was by Basilius the Emperour honoured with the title of chiefe Swordbearer, and lastly ended his dayes in the yeare 881.
15. Giouani Participatio. Anno 881.
HIs Sonne Giouani succeeded him in gouernment, who married a neece of the Emperours of Constantinople, he made warre vpon the Earle of Commachio, [Page 212] who had way laide and murthered his brother Baldoaro, as he iournyed towards Rome, hee spoiled his countrie, and took the Earle himselfe prisoner, hee accepted with equall authority into the Dukedome his brother Pietro, who dying soone after, hee voluntarily renounced the Dukedome.
16. Pietro Candiano. Anno. 887.
ANd in his place was chosen Pietro Candiano, who in a battell soon after against the Narantines was slain, and his body brought to Grado, where it was buried, vpon his death, the people requested Giouani Participatio to take vpon him the rule againe, which with greate vnwillingnesse hee did, but hauing therein continued aboute halfe a yeare, at his instant pursuite, he was thereof againe released.
17. Pietro Tribuno. Anno. 888.
ANd in his place was elected Pietro Tribuno: hee fortified Venice by drawing of a wall from the riuer of Castello to Sancta Maria Zebenico, though there remaine not now of the same any token at all, he vanquished the Hunnes, ouerthrew Berengarius the Emperour, and dyed full of glorie and happinesse.
18. Orso Parcicipatio. Anno. 912.
ORso Participatio; or as some call him, Orso Baduaro, second of that name succceded him, a man singularly wise, religious, a louer of iustice, an [Page 213] Almes-giuer, of great courage, and accomplished in euery requisite vertue, he had a sonne called Pietro, who was of the Emperour Corradus honored with great dignities, and especially with priueledge to coyne money, but finally being wearie of the worldes vanitie, and turning himselfe wholy to contemplation, hee voluntarily renounced the Dukedome, and entred into religion in the Monastery of S. Foelix in Ainiano.
19. Pietro 11 Candiano. Anno 932.
TO Orso succeeded Pietro Candiano sonne to Duke Pietro that was slaine in Dalmatia by the Sclauonians, a man of great modesty and fitnes to gouerne: his sonne Pietro was created chief Swordbearer of the Empire, hee tooke and burned Commachoo, hee made warre vpon the Istrians, and made Iustmopolis tributary to the state of Venice, he dyed the seuenth yeare of his rule.
20. Pietro Participatio. Anno 939.
PIetro Participatio or Badoaro, hauing beene prisoner with the Istryans, vpon his return was created Duke, and dyed in the second yeare of his rule, to the exceeding sorrow of his Cittizens.
21. Pietro Candiano. Anno 942.
IN his place was chosen Pietro Candiano thirde of that name, sonne to Pietro the second, he had two sonnes Dominico and Pietro, the first hee made Bishop of Torcello & the other, hee tooke to be his partner in the Dukedome, [Page 206] who behauing himselfe insolently, and being thereof reprehended by him, tooke publikely armes against him, but the people reuerencing the authority & withall pittying the age and griefe of the Father, pursued the sonne so sharpely, that they tooke him, and had slaine him, had not the olde man vsed great instance to saue him from their fury, in the end to satisfie the father they spared his life, but sent him into banishment, solemnly swearing all with one consent, that they woulde neuer admit him for their prince, neither during the life of his father, neither after his death, the yong man fled to the Marquis Guiao, son to king Berengario, of whom he was with great humanity receiued and presented to the king his father, who tooke him with him to the warre of Spoleto, thence with the kinges leaue getting himselfe to Rauenna, and there arming certaine ships, he tooke seuen rich ships of Venice laden with marchandize, that were sayling to Fano, the griefe of whose vnnaturall disposition and vndutifull behauiour, so grieued the olde man that he dyed in the yeare, 959.
22. Pietro Candiano. Anno 959.
THe people being assembled together, aboute the choice of a new prince, so strangely were the minds of the Bishop and the multitude chaunged, that whereas by solemne oath, they had once vowed neuer to liue vnder the gouernment of young Pietro, now they did not desire any thing with greatervehemence, insomuch that they went to fetch him from Rauenna to Venice in triumphes with 200. sayle, inuesting him presentlie in the roya ltie of their Dukedome, hee put away his first [Page 207] wife Giouanna, and married the Lady Voldrada, daughter to Marquis Guido, whose dowry was great and rich, Girolomie Bardi. calleth her Vadetta & sayeth that she was daughter to Alberto L. of Rauenna.not onely in mony and Iewels,, but also in Castles, and fortresses, insomuch that growing insolent therewith, hee called in mercenarie souldiers to the guard of his pallace and person, in fine his manners were so outragious, and himselfe grew so odious to the people, that assēbling themselues in a fury they slew both him & his little sonne within his pallace, which they burned to the ground.
23. Pietro Orseolo. Anno. 976.
THis great outrage being committed, they elected Pietro Orseolo for their prince, who being of a noble family, and from his youth wholy giuen to deuotion, was maruelous vnwilling to accept this high dignitie, fearing least the same wold be a hinderance to the contemplature life, which he chiefly desired, he had by his wife Foelicia one sonne and no more, like to him both in name and condition, he repayred the church of S. Mark, and the walles of Grado, and succoured Bari against the Sarazens, at length falling into acquaintance with one Guarino Abbot of S. Michaels of Cusano in Gascoyne, hee grew so farre in loue with the reuerence of his person, and the integrity of his conditions, that determining to abandon the world, hauing first distributed great gifts among the poore, he departed one night in disguised garments with the said Giouani, which Giouani Gradinigo and Giouani Morosmo his sonne in law, and Romualdo, & Marino of Rauenna, without saying a word thereof eyther to his wife or sonne, he tooke with him much money [Page 208] which he bestowed in adorning the church of S. Michaell, wherein hee made himselfe Monke, and at the end of nineteene yeares dyed not without fame of doing many miracles, hee was aged fifty yeares when hee entered into religion.
24. Vitale Candiano. anno. 978.
THe flight of Duke Orseolo being discouered, Vitale Candiano sonne to Pietro the third, was substituted in his place, but falling into a grieuous infirmitie, he renounced the Dukedome, vowing that (if he recouered) to make himselfe a Fryer, which hee performed, and afterward comming to end his dayes, hee was buried in the Church of S. Hilary.
25. Tribuno Memo, anno. 479.
TRibuno Memo beingelected Duke, was so vexed with ciuill discord, that was betweene the two mightie families of the Morasins, and Calopins, that renouncing the Dukedome, he betooke himselfe to religion, wherin he shortly finished his dayes, and was buried in Saint Zacharies church.
26. Pietro Orseolo. anno 991.
IN his place was chosen Pietro Orseolo, sonne to that other Pietro, whose life was so religious and holy, he Conquered in a manner all Dalmatia, and hauing done many other notable thinges, especially in erection of Churches and sumptuous monumentes for Saintes, hee dyed in the eighteenth yeare of his rule.
27. Ottone Orseolo. anno. 1009
[Page 206] SVch was the peoples loue to the Father, that they confirmed the gouernment to his sonne Ottone, being a young man of eighteene yeares of age, but of a very goodly personage, and of a most exeellent spirite, he married the sister of Geta king of Hungarie, hee was excellentlie learned, and of great liberality, but in the end by the conspiracie & practise of Dominico Flabanico hee was driuen out of Venice, and confined to Constantinople in the seuenteenth yeare of his rule, where shortly after hee dyed.
28. Pietro Centranico. anno 1026.
IN place of Ottone was created Pietro Centranico, or as some call him, Barbolano: but the city being then in tumult, and hee vnpleasing to the people, Orso brother to Ottone, being then Patriarke of Grado, by raising a faction tooke him prisoner, and cutting off his beard, constrained him to make himselfe a Fryer, sending in the meane time for his brother Ottone to Constantinople, hee himselfe by the consent of the people, till then, supplying the Ducall roome, which Dominico Flabanico and his adherents that had been cause of Ottones banishment, vnderstanding, presentlie fled the citie: but newes being brought of Ottones death, Orso willingly surrendred vp the scepter, and Domenico returned, and that with such happy successe, that he was presently elected Duke of Venice.
29. Domenico Flabanico, anno. 1032.
DOmenico Flabanico by reason of many yeares & long experience was well acquainted with the world, and subtle in his proceedings, he ordained by a general consent of the rest that thence forward no Duke might [Page 210] admit any partner in gouernment, and withall that none of the Orseoles might euer after bee capable of the Ducall dignitie, hee ruled openly tenne yeares.
30. Domenico Contarino. Anno 1043.
DOmenico Contarini was with exceeding contentment of the whole people elected Duke, being of a noble family, and withall of a very gentle and curteous disposition, he did many notable thinges, and dyed in the 26. yeare of his rule.
31. Domenico Syluio. Anno 1071.
DOmenico Syluio presentlie vpon his election married the sister of Nicephorus Emperour of Constantinople, at whose perswasion he made warre vpon Robert Duke of Puglia, but being ouerthrowne in a great battel at Duraizo, hee was chased out of Venice.
32. Vitale Falero. Anno. 1083.
ANd in his stead was chosen Vitalo Falero, who by reason of certain donations from the Emperour, was the first that entituled himselfe Duke of Dalmatia, and Croatia, finally hauing ruled thirteene years hee dyed, and was buried in the church of S. Marke.
33. Vitale Michaele, Anno, 1096.
VItale Michaele being installed Duke did many thinges gloriously in the wars against the Infidels in Asia, and hauing onely ruled fiue years was succeeded by Ordelaffo Faliero
34. Ordelaffo Faliero. Anno 1102.
VVHo hauing married a wife of rovall parentage, did assist Baldowin king of Ierusalem with a hundred sayle of shippes in his warres, against the infidels, and lastly he was slaine in an encounter at Zara, hauing ruled 19. yeares.
35. Domemco Michaele. Anno 1119.
DOmenico Michaele, at instance of Pope Calisto, went to Ioppo that was besieged by the Turkes, whom he raysed from the same, hauing with him two hundred sayle of ships: he tooke also Tyre, and gaue it to the Patriarch of Ierusalem: and vpon his returne hee tooke from Emanuel Emperour of Greece, the cities of Scio, Samo, Rodes, Metellino, and Andro, and returned victorious to Venice, where in the xi. yeare of his rule hee deceased.
36. Pietro Polani. Anno 1130.
PIetro Polani sonne in law to the former Duke, began his rule in the yeare 1131. a man so singularly respected for his wisedome and integritie, that the Emperors Corradus and Emanuel did chuse him for an Vmpier and Arbitrator of such differences as were betweene them: hee conquered Fano, and ouerthrewe those of Padoua and Pisa. Lastly, in assembling a mighty nauie in fauor of Emanuel the Emperour, he fell sicke and died.
37. Domenico Morosmi. Anno 1148.
DOmenico Morasmi delighted much in architecture, and made the famous steeple of S. Marke, he ouerthrew [Page 212] the Pirates of Ancona, and tooke Guiscardo their captaine prisoner, he made Pola and Parenso Tributary: he made a league with William King of Sicilia: he created his sonne Domenico Earle of Zara. He dyed in the eyght yeare of his rule.
38. Vital Michaele. II. anno 1156.
VItal Michaele second of that name, was enstalled in the Dukedome, the yeare 1156. He made league with his ancient enemies of Pisa: he dismanteld the city of Tracia, and the fortresses of Raguse: and going in person against Emanuel the Emperour: hee tooke Scio from him. Lastly, vpon his returne to Venice hee was slaine in a sedition.
39. Sebastiano Zani. anno 1173.
SEbastiano Zani was the first that was elected by xi. persons, appointed therunto by the people: so that his election was orderly, & not with tumult, as that of the former princes: he was 70. yeares old, when hee was chosen: his countenance and disposition was pleasant, and his riches great beyond measure. He was the first that at his election threw money about the streets, according to the custome of the Greekish Emperours: the same to this day being still obserued in Venice. By his meanes there were created also certaine Magistrates with high authoritie, somewhat thereby to bridle the puissance of the Dukes, being afore that time in manner absolute, as namely the sixe Counsellors.
In his time Pope Alexander the third came vnto Venice, being chased out of Rome by Frederic Barbarossa the Emperour, in whose defence the Venetians made wars vpon the Emperour with a mighty nauie, with which they discomfited his fleet vpon the coast of Istria, taking [Page 213] Otto his third sonne being Generall thereof prisoner, by whose intercession and means to his father, there was an attonement concluded, the Emperour appeased, & the Pope againe restored with all solemnity to his dignity: insomuch that the Emperour came in person to Venice, and there in the church of S. Marke, putting off his imperiall garmentes, bowed himselfe downe to kisse the Popes feet who keeping in the meane time his grauity, pronounced the wordes of the Prophet: Super Aspidem & basiliscum ambulabis, & conculcalbis Leonem & Draconem: to which the Emperour aunswered, Non tibi sed Petro: the Pope presently replying, Et mihi & Petro.
Afterwardes the Pope in acknowledging the fauors that hee had receiued of the Signeory of Venice, did honour the same againe with many benedictions, priuiledges and ceremonious dignities, as a sword, a scepter, a chayre of gold, a torch of Virgin waxe, all sanctified with many blessings, stil thence after to be borne before the Duke, & among the rest vpō the victorie obtayned by the Duke at sea against the Emperours son, he gaue the ring which he ware vpon his finger vnto the Duke, with expresse condition, that hee should yearely with such a ring spouse the sea, in token of a true and perpetual dominion ouer the same, which ceremonie is euen till this time obserued with great solemnitie euery Ascention day. Besides these the Pope granted many & great indulgences to the church of S. Martin in Venice, & to S. Iohns church in Istria. The Signeorie of Venice afore this time was vnacquainted with those externall pomps & honorable titles, which by prerogatiue frō the Pope they then obtained, & from that time to this haue strictly obserued. In fine this prince hauing by many [Page 214] notable deedes exceedingly enobled his country, dyed full of glory, in the sixt yeare of his rule: leauing by testament a great and infinit riches to the Signeorie of S. Marke: vnderneath his picture in the pallace is written this inscription.
Ducatum titulis dotaui ingentibus atque
Papa liber minis, fit Frederice tuis.
40. Orio Mastropetro. Anno 1178.
NExt after this worthy personage, was chosen Orio Mastropetro. In his time Andronicus the Emperour released the Venetian Marchants, that had beene retained by Emanuel his predecessor. He renewed the league of amity with Bela K. of Hungarie: he brought Zara that had rebelled into obedience: he tooke Tolomeyda & sent a nauie to the conquest of the holy land: he ouerthrew the Saladine, & then renouncing the Dukedome, made himselfe a Fryer and died.
41. Henrico Dandolo. Anno 1192.
THe next elected was Henrico Dandolo, a man aged in yeares, but fresh in courage, and highly honoured for his great deserts: he recoured Raguse to the Signeorie, and hauing done many notable things, dyed in the 13. yeare of his rule at Constantinople.
42. Pietro Zani. Anno 1205.
PIetro Zani son to Sebastian, succeeded with election and generall approbation of the whole Citie: in his [Page 215] time came Ambassadors from Athens to doe homage & obedience to the senate: he married the Ladie Constance daughter to Tancredi King of Sicilia. In his time were the foure horses of brasse that are yet to be seeene in S. Marke, sent from Constantinople to Venice: it is certainely written, that they were caste and engrauen by Luippus the famous workeman, and giuen to the Romaines by Tyridates King of Armenia, and from Rome brought at last to Constantinople, by Constantine the Emperour. Finally the Duke gaue vp his dignitie, & putting himselfe to a priuate life, died after the 24. yeare of his Dukedome.
43. Iacomo Thiepolo. Anno. 1229.
IN his roome was enstalled Iacomo Theopolo. He raysed the siege of Constantinople: he made truce with the Genoweses, by mediation of Pope Gregory for nine years: he sent 25. Gallies into Puglia, vnder the name and authoritie of the Pope, and threescore to aide the Genoweses against the Emperour Fredericke. Being olde hee surrendred vp the Dukedome in the 20. yeare of his rule, and afterwardes comming to die, was buried in the Church of S. Iohn, and S. Paule.
44. Marino Morosino. Anno 1249.
MArino Morosino followed next after, in whose time began the custome of hanging shieldes vp in the church of S. Marke with the armes of the Dukes, as images still representing their memory. He dyed in the 4. yeare of his rule.
45. Rimeri Zeno. Anno 1252.
RImeri Zeno being elected Duke, sent a nauie into Soria against the Genoweses: in his time Michael Paleogolo [Page 216] recouered the Empire of Constantinople: he dyed in the 16. yeare of his rule.
46. Lorenzo Thiepolo. Anno 1268.
IN place of this last Duke was chosen Lorenzo Thiepolo, sonne to Iacomo the Duke: being at that time Gouernor of Fano. He married a young Lady of a great and noble house in Dalmatia: he maried his two sonnes Iacomo & Pietro to two great Ladies, the first to a princesse of Slauonia, Lady of many Castels and townes, and the other to a Lady of great riches and nobility in Vicensa: which forraigne alliances were no whit at all pleasing to the Senate, insomuch that after his death they made a law, whereby they restrained both the prince and his children from allying themselues by mariage, with strangers: in his time Fano, Bologna, and other bordering cities reuolted from the state of Venice, but they were by him chastised & brought againe to obedience: at the end of sixe yeares he dyed, and was buried in the same tombe with his father in the church of S. Paule and S. Iohn.
47. Iacomo Contarino. Anno 1275.
NExt to the deceased prince was Iacomo Contarini with vniuersall applause enstalled in the Dukedome, being Procurator of S. Marke, and at that time 80. yeares of age: in his time was the law made, that none should haue any entry into the great councell, or haue any part at al in the gouernment, vnlesse he were able to proue himselfe to be borne and begotten in lawfull matrimony: growing afterwardes into a great indisposition of bodie: at the request of the fathers, hee [Page 217] renounced the Dukedome, who prouiding him of honourable meanes to liue, created in his place,
48. Giouani Dandolo. Anno 1280.
THe enstalment of this Prince was memorable, by meane of two great and dangerous accidents that presently ensued, the one by the swelling and inundation of waters, the other by a terrible earthquake, eyther of which did exceedingly endamage the state: in his time were coyned the first duckets of Gold, which are now called Zechines. He died in the tenth yeare of his rule.
49. Petro Gradenigo. Anno 1290.
NEuer was there any Duke of greater expectation & hope then this Petro Gradenigo, as being in deed a man of rare & singular courage, wisedome & eloquence: at his first entrance inot gouernment hee suppressed a great and dangerous conspiracie intended against him: he fought at the first prosperously by sea with the Genoweses, but afterwardes was by them ouerthrowen in Dalmatia, and likewise in the streightes of Gallipolis, after which there was a peace concluded: in time of this Duke it was ordained that none should bee capable of the Dukedome by election, vnlesse he were of the great councell, likewise then was first the beginning of the councell of the tenne: he sent a nauie into Greece, which returned victoriously with many prisoners, and rich spoiles, after which he dyed, not without the suspition of poyson: his body was carried to Murano, and there buried in the church of S. Ciprian.
50. Marino Giorgio. Anno 1311.
MArino Giorgio followed next, a man singularly respected for his holinesse and integritie of life, but being 81. years of age, he soone departed this world.
51. Giouani Soranzo. Anno 1313.
ANd in his place was elected Giouani Soranzo, being 72. yeares of age: a man of an vnfirme and lowtish complexion, but of a subtill and craftie disposition: he recouered many citties to the Signeorie, that had been alienated by his predecessors, and departed this worlde after he had ruled 18. yeares.
52. Francesco Dandolo. Anno 1328.
IN his place was elected Francesco Dandolo: in whose time there was at one instant threescore sundry Ambassadors from seuerall princes and commonwealths in Venice, desiring to haue such controuersies as were among them ended and decided by the Senate, such was then the same of the vncorrupted iustice of the Fathers. He made a league with sundry christian princes against the Turke: he had wars with the Princes of Scala, with whom in the end hee made peace to his owne aduantage: he liued in rule 11. yeares.
53. Bartolomeo Gradenigo. Anno 1339.
ANd in his steed Bartholomeo Gradenigo was created Duke, vpon whose entring into gouernment, the waters arose so high, that the city was in exceeding danger of drowning. Candia rebelled, but was again subdued: he liued onely three yeares.
54. Andrea Dandolo anno 1343.
THe next that was honored with this dignitie was Andrea Dandolo, procurator of S. Marke, a man very wise and learned, and hauing before time proceeded Doctor in the lawes, he wrote a very large and copious Chronicle, not onely of his owne Country, but also of the whole world, hee liued in deare and familiar frendship with Petrarke, he confederated himself with Pope Clement and sundry other Princes: hee sent a nauy against the Turkes, which tooke Smyrna, he obtained trafficke for Venetian marchantes into Aegypt, hee liued twelue years, and had vnder his picture in the pallace this inscription.
Alta trium probitas mihi quarto suggeret instar,
Qui de Dandalea prole suere duces.
55. Marino Faliero. anno. 1354.
NExt in ranke was exalted to the Dukedome with exceeding fauour of the one and forty Electors, Marino Faliero, hauing long before by the Senate beene employed in forraine gouernments, and besides ennobled with the title of Earle of Val de Marino, hee was 80. yeares olde, very rich, of an excellent wit, well speaking, but passionat and cholerike beyond measure, insomuch that for a scorne or wrong, which hee imagined to beedone to his reputation, he entred into a practise to tyrannize ouer his countries liberty, and to make himselfe absolute prince, rather as they write, moued thereunto with a humor of reuenge, then desire of dominion, [Page 220] being without children, and withall so aged: but the end was, hee was taken and beheaded in the very same place, where he receiued the Ducal diademe, his picture was not suffered to stand in the Pallace among the others, the place remaining yet bare and void where it should haue stoode.
56. Giouaui Gradenigo. anno 1355.
THe former vnhappy prince being buried, and his conspiracie being suppressed in a manner before it was publikely known, Giouani Gradenigo was chosen in his place, a mā of 76. years of age, of profound memory, and skilfull in the lawes, but vnseemely of his person, & withall somewhat noted of couetousnes, hee liued only a yeare, three monethe; and foutteene dayes.
57, Giouani Delfino. anno 1356.
GIouani Delfino being proueditor within the citty of Treues, at that time besieged by the king of Hungary was by the Senate in his absence elected D. of Venice, & presently in Embassage sent to the Hungarian by the Venetians, to giue safe conduct and free passage to their prince, but he barbarously triumphing in hauing enclosed a Duke of Venice within those walles, attributing that casuall vnexpected accident to a great glorie of his owne, vncurteously denyed the Senates request, which Delphine vnderstanding tooke an occasion to make a sally out of the town, and in despight of the enemie recouered Mergara, where hee was receiued of the fathers with great ioy, and vnder him ceased the difference of those wars, the king voluntarily surrendring vnto him the title and clayme to Dalmatia, hee dyed in the 4. yeare of his rule.
58. Lorenso Celsi. anno 1361.
LOrenso Celsi was next elected, who conquered Candia that rebelled, he dyed in the fourth yeare of his principalitie.
59. Marco Cornaro anno 1365.
ANd Marco Cornaro was chosen Duke, being procurator of S. Marke 80. years of age, noble in bloud, and much reuerenced and respected for the many imployments which he had honourably discharged in seruice of his country, he was wise, stout, eloquent, and a great louer of his Countrie, he liued only two years.
60. Andrea Contarini anno 1367.
ANdrea Contarini being exceedingly loath to accept this dignitie, and to that end withdrawing himselfe to Padoua, was neuerthelesse elected by the Fathers, and constrained to take vpon him the gouernment, which he did with great comfort to the citie, but with maruelous discouragement to himselfe, because it had beene foretold him, that whensoeuer hee should come to bee Duke, the commonwealth shold labour with extreame affliction to preuent which hee bent his whole endeuour and care to the well discharging of his dignity: but diuine deliberations are not to bee resisted, for not long after he found himself entangled with many dangerous warres, as with the Tryestines, and Leopola Duke of Austria, and with Francisco de Carrara a most sharpe and bitter enemie to the very name of the Venetians, who had contracted against them a League, which the King of Hungarie, the Patriarke of Aquilia, and the whole commonwealth of Genoua; [Page 222] insomuch that besides a general reuolution and change of Fortune through the whole state, the Genoweses encroched so neare vpon Venice, that they tooke from it the cittie of Chroggia, threatning vtter ruine and subuersion to the whole state: but in this greatest downefall and calamitie, such was the constant vertue and resolute courage of the Venetians and their prince, that assembling the remainder of their force together, they assailed with such fiercenesse the Genoweses in Chroggia, that they did not onely recouer the cittie, but also discomfit their enemies in a famous ouerthrow, to the maruelous glorie of their Duke, who was there in person, they brought backe with them to Venice, 4142 Genowes prisoners, who in manner all ended there their liues, and 2600. Padowans; besides the Duke brought with him among many other ensignes, banners and standardes, the shield of the Captaine generall of the Genoweses, as a chiefe Trophei, the same being made of hardned leather, according to the fashion of that time, but very gorgeously guilted and embosted with the picture vpon it of S. George a horsebacke, being the arms of the cōmonwelth of Genoway, the D. ended his daies in the 15. year of his Dukedom, hee was buried in S. Stephens church, with this Epitaph written in Gotish letters vpon his Tombe.
63. Michaell Morosimi anno. 1381,
MIchaell Morosimi, dyed the fourth moneth of his [Page 223] rule of the plague, vnder his picture in the pallace is written.
Paucadamus patriaefestina morte repressi.
62. Antonio Veniero. anno 1381.
ANtonio Veniero next succeeded, being then captaine generall for the state in Candia, a man of such seueritie and iustice, that he sharpely punished his owne sonne for hauing committed a youthfull insolence, he succoured the Emperour Emanuell against the Turkes, hee maintained and preserued the Duke of Mantua, in his state against the Duke of Milan: hee obtained the Isle of Corfu, not long afterfalling into infirmitie, he departed this life.
63. Michaele Steno. anno 1400.
THe funerals of the former Duke being sumptuously performed, Michaell Steno was elected Duke being procurator of S. Marke, aged 69 yeares, rich, and greatly respected for his vertue, in his time, the commonwealth possessed themselues of Vicenza, Feltro, Bassano, Belluno Verona, and Padoua, hauing liued thirteen yeares in this dignitie hee ended his dayes.
64. Tomazo Mocenigo. anno 1413.
TOmaZo Mocenigo conquered a great part of Friuilti, from the king of Hungary, and hauing ruled tenne yeares departed this life.
65. Francesco Foscari. anno 1423.
NEuer any mans election was dearer vnto the citie then this of Francesco Foscari, insomuch that they reuelled and feasted a whole yeare for ioy [Page 224] therof presently vpon his creation the king of Denmarke at his instant and earnest request was adopted into the number of the Venetian Gentlemen, the said king and Ihon Paleologus Emperour of Constantinople, met both at one time in Venice, the Emperour to craue succour against the Turke, the king to take passage thence towardes Ierusalem, with intent to visite the Sepulchre of Christ, shortly after there met also the Despot of Rascia, and the Duke of Mylan, the one to request mony and meanes of defence against the Turke, the other to entreate the Senate to take vpon them the decision and arbitrement of certain differences between him and his cosins, lastly the prince being 84. years of age, in respect of his impotencie, was dismissed of gouernment, and dyed within two dayes after.
96. Pasquall Malipiero, anno 1457.
PResently vpon the election of this prince, there was a law made that the Duke might not at any time to come thereafter be depriued, in his time the art of Printing was thether brought out of Germany, but they writ that it had beene in vse in China 500. yeares before, he liued onely foure yeares.
67. Christophoro Moro, Anno 1462.
ANd in his place was elected Christophoro Moro procurator of S. Marke, aged 72. yeares, a man held in great reputation for his wisedome & integrity, he made sharp wars vpō the Turke in Greece with diuerse & variable successes, in the end he dyed in the ninth yeare of his rule.
68. Nicholo Trono. anno. 1471
ANd Nicholo Trono was enstalled Duke, he established Hercole da Esle in his Dukedome of Ferrara, he made confederation with the king of Persia, against the Turke [Page 225] hee got into his handes the kingdome of Cipres by reason of the tutorshippe of the young king committed vnto him, and hauing liued little lesse then two years, ended his dayes.
69. Nicolo Marcello anno 1473.
IN his place was established Nicholo Marcello procurator of S. Marke, aged 76. yeares, he ouerthrew an armie of the Turkes at Scutari, and hauing giuen an excellent tast of his gouernmēt to the people, was taken out of this world, after hee had ruled 15. month es.
70. Pietro Mocenigo anno 1474.
PIetro Mocenigo being procurator of S. Marke, and of the age of 69. years, was chosen in his room, he had spent the greatest part of his yeares in great and principal employments abroad for the commōwealth, chiefly in the wars, wherof there is a particular treatise written by Coepio Coriolan, that liued in those times, he liued onely 14. monethes after his enstalment.
71 Andrea Vendramino. anno 1476.
ANdrea Vendramino was 84. years of age when he was elected Duke, he had beene in his youth one of the most beautifull and comely Gentlemen of Venice, and in all respects accordingly accomplished, hee made war against the Turke, and defended Croy in Albana, which they had besieged, constraining them to raise their siege with great ouerthrow and discomfiture, but while there was a treaty of peace entertayned, the Duke departed this life in the 20. moneth after his election.
72. Giouani Mocenigo anno. 1477.
GIouani Mocenigo after great domage receiued by the Turke concluded a peace with him, he got Corinto in Dalmatia, he made war vpon Ferrara, he sent Roberto of Saint Seuerin against Ferdinand king of Naples, finally [Page 226] he dyed in the 7. yeare of his rule.
73. Marco Barbarico. anno 1485.
MArco Barbarico succeeded him being 73. yeares of age, he was wholy enclined to peace, and bent to the maintenance thereof his whole intentions, but death cut him off in the very first yeare
74. Augustino Barbarico anno 1485.
AƲgustino Barbarico was elected to succeede his brother Marco, he banded with the other Italian princes against Charles eight of Fraunce, then newly by solicitation of Lodowicke, Sforce entred into Italy, for the recouery of the kingdome of Naples, to which he pretended title in his time, the Portugals first found out the voyaging into the Indies, to the exceeding preiudice of Venice, who before had thence al their spices, with which in a manner they furnished all the western prouinces of Christendome, hee dyed in the 15. yeare of his Dukedome, and in his place was elected.
75. Leonardo Loridano. anno 1501.
NEuer was the commonwealth of Venice nearer to shipwracke, then in this princes time, for the greatest princes of Christendome did solemnly at Cambray combine themselues in league against their state, as the Pope, the Emperour, the king of Fraunce, the king of Spaine, and the Dukes of Mantua and Ferrara, euery one of which powred down armies vpon them, they were ouerthrowne in a memorable battell at Ghiaradada, and in an other at Vincensa, so that they were faine to abandon in a manner, al that they possessed vpon the firme land, to be shared and diuided by the Conquerours, yet neuertheles fortune turned about her wheele againe in such sort that they recouered themselues, wherein the histories of that time do attribute exceeding [Page 227] much to the wisedome and vertue of their prince. Finally, being nere to 90. yeares of age, hee fell into an infirmitie by reason of a fall which he had receyued, & dyed in the yeare 1521. His body was honourably entombed in the Church of S. Iohn and S. Paule.
76. Antonio Grimani. Anno 1521.
ANtonio Grimani had beene first a Procurator, and depriued of that dignity, and banished to Cherso, yet afterward was recalled againe, and restored to his first dignitie, and shortly after elected Duke, which honour he enioyed onely a yeare, two monthes and two dayes, and then dyed.
77. Andrea Gritti. Anno 1523.
IN his place was elected Andrea Gritti, a man in deed excellent in all prefection, & worthy of that dignity. The great matters that passed in his time are so excellently and copiously written by Giouius, & Guicciardin, and others of that time, that it were in vaine here to make any abridgement of them. He ruled 15. yeares & seuen monthes, and then dyed at the age of 83. yeares.
78. Pietro Lando. Anno 1538.
PIetro Lando being confirmed Duke maintayned his commonwealth neutrall betweene Charles the Emperour, and Francis the French King, who were intangled together in a most fierce and cruell warre, and thought there was scarcely any prince in Christendome but followed the one side or other, yet neuer coulde they notwithstanding many earnest solicitations made by them both draw the state of Venice to fauour the one more then the other. Hauing ruled 7. yeares he dyed.
79. Francesco Donato. An. 1545.
FRancesco Donato, being Procurator of S. Marke, was a man of great eloquence, & singular capacity of spirit [Page 228] and therefore his election applauded of the multitude with great ioy: he did many laudable things, and lastly died in the seuenth yeare of his rule, and was succeded by Marcantonio Treuisano.
80. Marcantonio Treuisano. Anno 1553.
THis Duke was maruellously religious, iust in all his words and actions, and of so extraordinary a charitie towards the poore, that he gaue them (in a manner) all that hee had: neuerthelesse his end was strange and pitifull, for at the end of his first yeare he fell downe sodainly dead as he was kneeling before the altar at Masse, the inscription vnder his picture in the pallace is thus.
Religionis amantissimus, Anno circn̄acto moriens in gremio patrum ante aras in celum vnde veneram, vitae integer euolaui.
81. Francesco Veniero Anno. 1554.
THe next placed in the Ducall throne was Francesco Veniero, being then 64. yeares of age: he liued onely two years, & in his place was elected Lorenzo Priuli.
82. Lorenzo Priuli. Anno 1556.
LOrenzo Priuli was a man wholly giuen to religion & quietnesse: there was no great thing done in the time of his Dukedome, which he onely enioyed three yeares, and then departed this world.
83. Hieronimo Priuli. Anno 1559.
HIeronimo Priuli, as wel in regard of his owne vertue as the happy and quiet gouernment of his brother Lorenso, was with generall applause established in his roome. In his time was celebrated the Councell of Trente: he died in the 8. yeare of his rule.
84. Pietro Loredano. Anno 1567.
PIetro Loredano was a senator of great grauitie, wise, religious, and of singular integritie and soundnesse in [Page 229] his actions: in his time the famous Arsenall of Venice, wherein all their store of powder & munition was contained, was casually set on fire; the noise whereof was so extremely hideous, that it was heard 40. miles off: presently also ensued the calamitous war of Selim Emperor of the Turks, who vpon the death of his father Soliman, aspiring to some honourable conquest, tooke armes against the Senate, pretending title to the kingdome of Cypres, vtterly forgetting his fathers admonitions, his promise made to the Senate, and the long amitie that had beene betweene them. In fine hee inuaded Cypres with a mighty armie, & tooke after long siege the two great Citties of Nicosia & Famagosta, practising all kinds of imaginable crueltie vppon the poore Christian captiues: in the meane time while the Venetians were busied in preparation of forces to encounter him, the Duke not able to withstand the affliction of age, sicknesse and so many troubles, yeelded vp his breath in his fourth yeare of gouernment.
85. Aluigi Mocenigo. Anno 1570.
THe next thought worthy of this high honour, was Aluigi Mocenigo, a man accomplished in all vertues that to so great a dignitie were requisite: he appointed Sebastiano Veniero Generall of the Venetian forces, to vnite himselfe with Marc-Antonia Colona, Generall for the Pope, & D. Iohn d' Austria for the king of Spaine, who together gaue that mighty and memorable ouerthrow to the Turkes at Lepanto, in manner in the very place where Augustus Caesar vanquished Anthony his Competitor. In his time Henry the third, King of Fraunce returning vppon the newes of his brothers death out of Polonia passed through Venice, where being ariued, he [Page 230] was receiued and entertained of the Duke and Senate with maruellous ioy, pompe and magnificence. Finally, this Duke to the great discomfort of the commonwealth died in the seuenth yeare of his rule.
86. Sebastiano Veniero. Anno 1577.
PResently vpon the death of Mocenigo, Sebastiano Veniero, in reward of his glorious victorie against the Turkes, was without contradiction of any of the Electors enstalled in the Dukedome, with greater gratulation and applause then euer before time had beene seen at the election of any former Duke. The Pope sent a solemne ambassage to congratulate with him, and withall sent him in token of his worthinesse and vertue, the Rose of Gold, a present neuer sent but to mighty princes, and such as had employed themselues in the churches defence: but all this honour and his life also ended within a yeare, after that hee had receiued the Ducall diademe, euen at such time as hee was busie about the preparation of a sumptuous and triumphall feast, which he intended to make in honor of his wife, the princesse Cecilia Contarina. The Archduke of Austria in admiration of his vertue sent an Ambassador of purpose to the Senate to demand his picture.
87. Nicolo da Ponte. Anno 1578.
NIcolo da Ponte was fourescore and eight yeares olde at time of his election: he was a Doctor of Law, a knight and Procurator of S. Marke, and had passed with exceeding commendation through all the offices and dignities of his commonwealth. He died in the yeare 1585. and in his place was elected Pasqual Cenoca.